FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 


 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003

 

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission File No. 1-15403

 


 

MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Wisconsin   39-0968604

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

770 North Water Street

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

  53202
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 


 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (414) 765-7801

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class:  

Name of Each Exchange

on Which Registered:

Common Stock - $1.00 par value   New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  x    No  ¨

 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2003 was approximately $6,685,921,000. The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2004 was 222,980,632.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Part III incorporates information by reference from the Proxy Statement for the registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 27, 2004.

 



Table of Contents

MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          PAGE

     PART I     

ITEM 1.

  

BUSINESS

   1

ITEM 2.

  

PROPERTIES

   14

ITEM 3.

  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   15

ITEM 4.

  

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

   15
     PART II     

ITEM 5.

  

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

   17

ITEM 6.

  

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

   19

ITEM 7.

  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   22

ITEM 7A.

  

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

   50

ITEM 8.

  

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001

   52

ITEM 9.

  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

   104

ITEM 9A.

  

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

   104
     PART III     

ITEM 10.

  

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

   104

ITEM 11.

  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

   104

ITEM 12.

  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

   105

ITEM 13.

  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

   105

ITEM 14.

  

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

   105
     PART IV     

ITEM 15.

  

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8–K

   105

 

i


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1.   BUSINESS

 

General

 

Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (“M&I” or the “Corporation”), incorporated in Wisconsin in 1959, is a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHCA”) and is certified as a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. As of December 31, 2003, M&I had consolidated total assets of approximately $34.4 billion and consolidated total deposits of approximately $22.3 billion, making M&I the largest bank holding company headquartered in Wisconsin. The executive offices of M&I are located at 770 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 (telephone number (414) 765-7801).

 

M&I’s principal assets are the stock of its bank and nonbank subsidiaries, which, as of February 1, 2004, included Metavante Corporation (“Metavante”) (formerly its M&I Data Services Division), five bank and trust subsidiaries and a number of companies engaged in businesses that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) has determined to be closely-related or incidental to the business of banking. M&I provides its subsidiaries with financial and managerial assistance in such areas as budgeting, tax planning, auditing, compliance assistance, asset and liability management, investment administration and portfolio planning, business development, advertising and human resources management.

 

Generally, M&I organizes its business segments based on legal entities. Each entity offers a variety of products and services to meet the needs of its customers and the particular market served. Based on the way M&I organizes its business, M&I has two reportable segments: Banking and Data Services (or Metavante). Banking consists of accepting deposits, making loans and providing other services such as cash management, foreign exchange and correspondent banking to a variety of commercial and retail customers. Data Services consists of providing data processing services, developing and selling software and providing consulting services to financial services companies, including M&I affiliates, as well as providing credit card merchant services. M&I’s primary other business segments include Trust Services, Mortgage Banking (residential and commercial), Capital Markets Group, Brokerage and Insurance Services, and Commercial Leasing.

 

Banking Operations

 

M&I’s bank subsidiaries provide a full range of banking services to individuals, businesses and governments throughout Wisconsin, and in the Phoenix and Tucson, Arizona metropolitan areas, the Minneapolis/St. Paul, Minnesota metropolitan area, the St. Louis, Missouri metropolitan area, Las Vegas, Nevada, Naples and Bonita Springs, Florida and Belleville, Illinois. These subsidiaries offer retail, institutional, business, international and correspondent banking and investment services through the operation of 199 banking offices in Wisconsin, 28 offices in Arizona, 11 offices in Minnesota, six offices in Missouri, two offices in Florida, one office in Nevada and one office in Illinois, as well as on the Internet. M&I’s bank subsidiaries hold a significant portion of their mortgage loan and investment portfolios indirectly through their ownership interests in direct and indirect subsidiaries. M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank (“M&I Bank”) is M&I’s largest bank subsidiary, with consolidated assets as of December 31, 2003 of approximately $30.0 billion.

 

Through its bank and nonbank subsidiaries, M&I offers a variety of loan products to retail customers, including credit cards, lines of credit, automobile loans and leases, student loans, home equity loans, personal loans, residential mortgage loans and mortgage refinancing. M&I also offers a variety of loan and leasing products to business, commercial and institutional customers, including business loans, lines of credit, standby letters of credit, credit cards, government-sponsored loans, commercial real estate financing, construction financing, commercial mortgage loans and equipment and machinery leases. Diversified Business Credit, Inc. provides working capital loans to commercial borrowers secured by accounts receivable, inventory and other marketable assets. M&I Dealer Finance, Inc. provides retail vehicle lease and installment sale financing. M&I Support Services Corp. provides bank operation support for loan and deposit account processing and maintenance, item processing and other banking services.

 


Table of Contents

M&I’s lending activities involve credit risk. Credit risk is controlled through active asset quality management and the use of lending standards and thorough review of potential borrowers. M&I evaluates the credit risk of each borrower on an individual basis and, where deemed appropriate, collateral is obtained. Collateral varies by individual loan customer but may include accounts receivable, inventory, real estate, equipment, deposits, personal and government guarantees, and general security agreements. Access to collateral is dependent upon the type of collateral obtained. On an on-going basis, M&I monitors its collateral and the collateral value related to the loan balance outstanding.

 

The M&I bank subsidiaries may use wholesale deposits, which include foreign (Eurodollar) deposits. Wholesale deposits are funds in the form of deposits generated through distribution channels other than M&I’s own banking branches. These deposits allow M&I’s bank subsidiaries to gather funds across a geographic base and at pricing levels considered attractive, where the underlying depositor may be retail or institutional. Access to wholesale deposits also provides M&I with the flexibility to not pursue single service time deposit relationships in markets that have experienced unprofitable pricing levels.

 

M&I’s securitization activities are generally limited to basic term or revolving securitization facilities associated with indirect automobile loans. A discussion of M&I’s securitization activities is contained in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations, and in Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

Data Services–Metavante Operations

 

Metavante provides financial technology products, software and services, including data processing, to financial institutions and other companies in the United States. Metavante’s clients include large banks, mid-tier and community banks and other financial services providers. Metavante’s Financial Services Group provides data processing for deposit and loan account management, general ledger, customer information systems and data warehouse services for financial institutions. It also provides trust and investment account processing and third-party employee benefit plan administration. Its Electronic Funds Group provides debit, stored-value, and credit card processing, card personalization, ATM management, transaction and merchant processing services. The e-Finance Group incorporates electronic bill presentment and payment services, payment and settlement of bill payment transactions, and electronic banking products and technology to consumers and businesses.

 

Metavante’s revenues consist of fees related to information and transaction processing services, software licensing and maintenance, conversion services and other professional services. Maintenance fees include ongoing client support and product updates. Metavante also receives buyout fees related to client termination prior to the end of the contract term. The buyout fee is contractual and based on the estimated remaining contract value. Buyout fees can vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year.

 

Metavante’s expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses and processing servicing expenses, such as data processing, telecommunications and equipment expenses. Other operating costs include selling, general and administrative costs, such as advertising and marketing expenses, travel, supplies and postage, and the use of outside firms for legal, accounting or other professional services, and amortization of investments in software, premises and equipment, conversions and acquired intangible assets.

 

Other Business Operations

 

M&I’s other nonbank subsidiaries operate a variety of bank-related businesses, including those providing trust services, residential mortgage banking, capital markets, brokerage and insurance, commercial leasing, and commercial mortgage banking.

 

Trust Services. Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. (“M&I Trust”) provides trust and employee benefit plan services to customers throughout the United States with offices in Wisconsin, Arizona, Minnesota, Florida, Nevada, North Carolina, Missouri and Illinois. M&I Investment Management Corp. offers a full range of asset management services to M&I Trust, the Marshall Funds and other individual, business and institutional customers.

 

2


Table of Contents

Residential Mortgage Banking. M&I Mortgage Corp. originates, purchases, sells and services residential mortgage loans. M&I Mortgage Reinsurance Corporation acts as a reinsurer of private mortgage insurance written in connection with residential mortgage loans originated in the M&I system.

 

Capital Markets. M&I Capital Markets Group L.L.C. and M&I Ventures L.L.C. provide venture capital, financial advisory and strategic planning services to customers, including assistance in connection with the private placement of securities, raising funds for expansion, leveraged buy-outs, divestitures, mergers and acquisitions and small business investment company transactions.

 

Brokerage and Insurance. M&I Brokerage Services, Inc., a broker-dealer registered with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and the Securities and Exchange Commission, provides brokerage and other investment-related services to a variety of retail and commercial customers. M&I Insurance Services, Inc. provides life, long-term care and disability income insurance products and annuities to retail clients and business owners.

 

Commercial Leasing. M&I First National Leasing Corp. leases a variety of equipment and machinery to large and small businesses.

 

Commercial Mortgage Banking. The Richter-Schroeder Company, Inc. originates and services long-term commercial real estate loans for institutional investors.

 

Other. M&I Community Development Corporation makes investments designed primarily to promote the public welfare in markets and communities served by affiliates and subsidiaries of M&I.

 

More information on M&I’s business segments is contained in Note 23 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

Corporate Governance Matters

 

M&I has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of M&I’s employees, officers and directors, including M&I’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is filed as an exhibit to this report and is also available on M&I’s web site at www.micorp.com. M&I intends to disclose any amendment to or waiver of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to M&I’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Controller on its web site within five business days following the date of the amendment or waiver.

 

M&I makes available free of charge through its web site its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and its insiders’ Section 16 reports and all amendments to these reports as soon as reasonably practicable after these materials are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, certain documents relating to corporate governance matters are available on M&I’s web site described above. These documents include, among others, the following:

 

  Code of Business Conduct and Ethics;

 

  Corporate Governance Guidelines;

 

  Charter for the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors, including the Board’s categorical standards for determining the independence of directors;

 

  Charter for the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors; and

 

  Charter for the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors.

 

Shareholders also may obtain a copy of any of these documents free of charge by calling the M&I Shareholder Information Line at 1-800-318-0208. Information contained on any of M&I’s web sites is not deemed to be a part of this Annual Report.

 

3


Table of Contents

Acquisitions

 

In November 2003, Metavante acquired the assets of Printing For Systems, Inc., a Connecticut corporation engaged in the business of printing and delivery of identification cards and other documents for the healthcare insurance industry, including non-financial data processing and direct mail services in connection with such services. Metavante believes this acquisition leverages its financial technology servicing expertise into the healthcare insurance industry and demonstrates its commitment to supporting the growth in the market for electronic funds transfer and card solutions.

 

In May 2003, M&I Trust entered into an agreement to purchase for cash certain segments of the employee benefit plan business of a national banking association located in Missouri. This acquisition enhances M&I Trust’s presence in Missouri and complements the acquisition of Mississippi Valley Bancshares, Inc. in October 2002. The acquired segments will be transferred to M&I Trust in accordance with an established conversion schedule that is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2004.

 

More information on M&I’s acquisitions can be found in Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

M&I continues to evaluate opportunities to acquire banking institutions and other financial service providers and frequently conducts due diligence activities in connection with possible transactions. As a result, M&I may engage in discussions, and in some cases, negotiations with prospective targets and may make future acquisitions for cash, equity or debt securities. The issuance of additional shares of M&I common stock would dilute a shareholder’s ownership interest in M&I. In addition, M&I’s acquisitions may involve the payment of a premium over book value, and therefore, some dilution of book value may occur with any future acquisition. Generally, it is M&I’s policy not to comment on such discussions or possible acquisitions until a definitive agreement has been signed. M&I’s strategy for growth includes strengthening its presence in core markets, expanding into attractive markets and broadening its product offerings.

 

Principal Sources of Revenue

 

The table below shows the amount and percentages of M&I’s total consolidated revenues resulting from interest on loans and leases, interest on investment securities and fees for data processing services for each of the last three years ($ in thousands):

 

     Interest on Loans and Leases

   

Interest on

Investment Securities


    Fees for Data
Processing Services


     

Years Ended December 31,


   Amount

  

Percent

of Total
Operating
Revenues


    Amount

  

Percent

of Total
Operating
Revenues


    Amount

  

Percent

of Total
Operating
Revenues


    Total
Operating
Revenues


        2003

   $ 1,304,060    47.5 %   $ 225,602    8.2 %   $ 657,827    24.0 %   $ 2,745,721

        2002

     1,297,166    48.9       269,842    10.2       601,500    22.7       2,650,024

        2001

     1,358,802    50.1       349,421    12.9       559,816    20.7       2,710,357

 

M&I business segment information is contained in Note 23 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

Competition

 

M&I and its subsidiaries face substantial competition from hundreds of competitors in the markets they serve, some of which are larger and have greater resources than M&I. M&I’s bank subsidiaries compete for deposits and other sources of funds and for credit relationships with other banks, savings associations, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, life insurance companies (and other long-term lenders) and other financial and non-financial companies located both within and outside M&I’s primary market area, many of which offer products functionally equivalent to bank products. M&I’s nonbank operations compete with numerous banks, finance companies, data servicing companies, leasing companies, mortgage bankers, brokerage firms, financial advisors, trust companies, mutual funds and investment bankers in Wisconsin and throughout the United States.

 

4


Table of Contents

The markets for the financial products and services offered by Metavante are intensely competitive. Metavante competes with a variety of companies in various segments of the financial services industry, and its competitors vary in size and in the scope and breadth of products and services they offer. Certain segments of the financial services industry tend to be highly fragmented with numerous companies competing for market share. Other segments of the financial services industry have large well-capitalized competitors who command the majority of market share. Metavante also faces competition from in-house technology departments of existing and potential clients who may develop their own product offerings.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2003, M&I and its subsidiaries employed in the aggregate 12,244 employees. M&I considers employee relations to be excellent. None of the employees of M&I or its subsidiaries are represented by a collective bargaining group.

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

As a registered bank holding company, M&I is subject to regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA. As of February 1, 2004, M&I owned a total of five bank and trust subsidiaries, including two Wisconsin state banks, a Missouri state bank, a federal savings bank, and a national banking association. M&I’s two Wisconsin state bank subsidiaries are subject to regulation and examination by the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions, as well as by the Federal Reserve Board. M&I’s Missouri state bank subsidiary is subject to regulation and examination by the Missouri Department of Economic Development, Division of Finance, and the Federal Reserve Board. M&I’s federal savings bank subsidiary is subject to regulation and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision. M&I’s national bank, through which trust operations are conducted, is subject to regulation and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. In addition, all of M&I’s bank subsidiaries are subject to examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).

 

Under Federal Reserve Board policy, M&I is expected to act as a source of financial strength to each of its bank subsidiaries and to commit resources to support each bank subsidiary in circumstances when it might not do so absent such requirements. In addition, there are numerous federal and state laws and regulations which regulate the activities of M&I and its bank subsidiaries, including requirements and limitations relating to capital and reserve requirements, permissible investments and lines of business, transactions with officers, directors and affiliates, loan limits, consumer protection laws, privacy of financial information, predatory lending, fair lending, mergers and acquisitions, issuances of securities, dividend payments, inter-affiliate liabilities, extensions of credit and branch banking. Information regarding capital requirements for bank holding companies and tables reflecting M&I’s regulatory capital position at December 31, 2003 can be found in Note 15 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

The federal regulatory agencies have broad power to take prompt corrective action if a depository institution fails to maintain certain capital levels. In addition, a bank holding company’s controlled insured depository institutions are liable for any loss incurred by the FDIC in connection with the default of, or any FDIC-assisted transaction involving, an affiliated insured bank or savings association. Current federal law provides that adequately capitalized and managed bank holding companies from any state may acquire banks and bank holding companies located in any other state, subject to certain conditions. Banks are permitted to create interstate branching networks in states that do not “opt out” of interstate branching. M&I Bank currently maintains interstate branches in Arizona and Minnesota and Southwest Bank of St. Louis, M&I’s Missouri state bank subsidiary, maintains an interstate branch in Illinois.

 

The laws and regulations to which M&I is subject are constantly under review by Congress, regulatory agencies and state legislatures. In 1999, Congress enacted the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “Act”), which eliminated certain barriers to and restrictions on affiliations between banks and securities firms, insurance companies and other financial services organizations. Among other things, the Act repealed certain Glass-Steagall Act restrictions on affiliations between banks and securities firms, and amended the BHCA to permit bank holding companies that qualify as “financial holding companies” to engage in a broad list of “financial activities,” and any non-financial activity that the Federal Reserve Board, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines

 

5


Table of Contents

is “complementary” to a financial activity and poses no substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system. The Act treats various lending, insurance underwriting, insurance company portfolio investment, financial advisory, securities underwriting, dealing and market-making, and merchant banking activities as financial in nature for this purpose.

 

Under the Act, a bank holding company may become certified as a financial holding company by filing a notice with the Federal Reserve Board, together with a certification that the bank holding company meets certain criteria, including capital, management, and Community Reinvestment Act requirements. M&I elected to become certified as a financial holding company on June 18, 2003.

 

In 2001, Congress enacted the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”). The USA PATRIOT Act is designed to deny terrorists and criminals the ability to obtain access to the United States financial system, and has significant implications for depository institutions, brokers, dealers and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The USA PATRIOT Act mandates or will require financial services companies to implement additional policies and procedures with respect to, or additional measures designed to address, any or all of the following matters, among others: money laundering, terrorist financing, identifying and reporting suspicious activities and currency transactions, and currency crimes.

 

The earnings and business of M&I and its bank subsidiaries also are affected by the general economic and political conditions in the United States and abroad and by the monetary and fiscal policies of various federal agencies. The Federal Reserve Board impacts the competitive conditions under which M&I operates by determining the cost of funds obtained from money market sources for lending and investing and by exerting influence on interest rates and credit conditions. In addition, legislative and economic factors can be expected to have an ongoing impact on the competitive environment within the financial services industry. The impact of fluctuating economic conditions and federal regulatory policies on the future profitability of M&I and its subsidiaries cannot be predicted with certainty.

 

Selected Statistical Information

 

Statistical information relating to M&I and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis is set forth as follows:

 

  (1) Average Balance Sheets and Analysis of Net Interest Income for each of the last three years is included in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations.

 

  (2) Analysis of Changes in Interest Income and Interest Expense for each of the last two years is included in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations.

 

  (3) Nonaccrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans and Leases for each of the last five years is included in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations.

 

  (4) Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience for each of the last five years (including the narrative discussion) is included in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations.

 

  (5) Return on Average Shareholders’ Equity, Return on Average Assets and other statistical ratios for each of the last five years can be found in Item 6, Selected Financial Data.

 

  (6) Potential Problem Loans and Leases for the last two years can be found in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations.

 

6


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth certain statistical information relating to M&I and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

Investment Securities

 

The amortized cost of M&I’s consolidated investment securities, other than trading and other short-term investments, at December 31 of each year are ($ in thousands):

 

     2003

   2002

   2001

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 3,856,069    $ 3,201,394    $ 2,268,681

States and political subdivisions

     1,093,033      1,185,804      1,198,685

Other

     593,875      733,396      850,980
    

  

  

Total

   $ 5,542,977    $ 5,120,594    $ 4,318,346
    

  

  

 

The maturities, at amortized cost, and weighted average yields (for tax-exempt obligations on a fully taxable basis assuming a 35% tax rate) of investment securities at December 31, 2003 are ($ in thousands):

 

     Within One Year

    After One but
Within Five Years


    After Five but
Within Ten Years


    After Ten Years

    Total

 
     Amount

   Yield

    Amount

   Yield

    Amount

   Yield

    Amount

   Yield

    Amount

   Yield

 

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 1,026,997    4.43 %   $ 2,149,741    4.45 %   $ 559,333    4.45 %   $ 119,998    4.45 %   $ 3,856,069    4.44 %

States and political subdivisions

     83,800    7.03       264,282    7.31       281,542    7.34       463,409    7.38       1,093,033    7.33  

Other

     153,541    5.95       177,171    4.67       109,757    6.35       153,406    2.50       593,875    4.75  
    

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total

   $ 1,264,338    4.79 %   $ 2,591,194    4.76 %   $ 950,632    5.53 %   $ 736,813    5.89 %   $ 5,542,977    5.04 %
    

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Types of Loans and Leases

 

M&I’s consolidated loans and leases, classified by type, at December 31 of each year are ($ in thousands):

 

     2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

   1999

Commercial, financial and agricultural

   $ 7,013,073    $ 6,791,404    $ 5,656,384    $ 5,230,795    $ 4,691,996

Industrial development revenue bonds

     97,601      80,110      71,892      58,742      62,861

Real estate:

                                  

Construction

     1,330,526      1,058,144      730,864      619,281      494,558

Mortgage:

                                  

Residential

     7,270,531      6,758,650      5,563,975      5,049,557      4,941,450

Commercial

     7,149,149      6,586,332      5,099,093      4,359,812      4,034,771
    

  

  

  

  

Total mortgage

     14,419,680      13,344,982      10,663,068      9,409,369      8,976,221

Personal

     1,747,738      1,852,202      1,210,808      1,174,248      1,299,416

Lease financing

     576,322      782,004      962,356      1,094,652      810,009
    

  

  

  

  

Total loans and leases

     25,184,940      23,908,846      19,295,372      17,587,087      16,335,061

Less:

                                  

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     349,561      338,409      268,198      235,115      225,862
    

  

  

  

  

Net loans and leases

   $ 24,835,379    $ 23,570,437    $ 19,027,174    $ 17,351,972    $ 16,109,199
    

  

  

  

  

 

7


Table of Contents

Loan and Lease Balances and Maturities

 

The analysis of selected loan and lease maturities at December 31, 2003 and the rate structure for the categories indicated are ($ in thousands):

 

     Maturity

  

Rate Structure of Loans and Leases

Due After One Year


    

One Year

Or Less


  

Over One

Year Through

Five Years


  

Over Five

Years


   Total

  

With Pre-
determined

Rate


  

With

Floating

Rate


   Total

Commercial, financial and agricultural

   $ 4,284,072    $ 2,492,788    $ 236,213    $ 7,013,073    $ 713,005    $ 2,015,996    $ 2,729,001

Industrial development revenue bonds

     3,994      29,044      64,563      97,601      57,150      36,457      93,607

Real estate – construction

     613,202      717,324      —        1,330,526      174,092      543,232      717,324

Lease Financing

     172,724      367,466      36,132      576,322      403,598      —        403,598
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 5,073,992    $ 3,606,622    $ 336,908    $ 9,017,522    $ 1,347,845    $ 2,595,685    $ 3,943,530
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


Notes:

 

(1) Scheduled repayments are reported in the maturity category in which the payments are due based on the terms of the loan agreements. Demand loans, loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity, and over-drafts are reported as due in one year or less.

 

(2) The estimated effect arising from the use of interest rate swaps as shown in the rate structure of loans and leases is immaterial.

 

Deposits

 

The average amount of and the average rate paid on selected deposit categories for each of the years ended December 31 is as follows ($ in thousands):

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     Amount

   Rate

    Amount

   Rate

    Amount

   Rate

 

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

   $ 4,189,724          $ 3,509,133          $ 2,895,083       

Interest bearing demand deposits

     2,111,753    0.90 %     1,506,797    1.05 %     1,088,186    1.21 %

Savings deposits

     7,226,830    0.69       6,815,058    1.23       6,419,204    3.21  

Time deposits

     8,457,571    1.89       6,811,999    2.69       6,788,118    5.12  
    

        

        

      

Total deposits

   $ 21,985,878          $ 18,642,987          $ 17,190,591       
    

        

        

      

 

The maturity distribution of time deposits issued in amounts of $100,000 and over outstanding at December 31, 2003 ($ in thousands) is:

 

Three months or less

   $ 1,406,412

Over three and through six months

     476,122

Over six and through twelve months

     726,638

Over twelve months

     1,884,010
    

Total

   $ 4,493,182
    

 

At December 31, 2003, time deposits issued by foreign offices totaled $1.1 billion. The majority of foreign deposits were in denominations of $100,000 or more.

 

8


Table of Contents

Short-Term Borrowings

 

Information related to M&I’s funds purchased and security repurchase agreements for the last three years is as follows ($ in thousands):

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 

Amount outstanding at year end

   $ 741,646     $ 895,196     $ 1,090,150  

Average amount outstanding during the year

     2,580,291       2,420,298       2,076,787  

Maximum outstanding at any month’s end

     3,684,044       3,391,162       2,760,183  

Weighted average interest rate at year end

     0.73 %     0.61 %     1.20 %

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     1.11       1.63       3.93  

 

Information relating to the Corporation’s Senior Bank Notes – Puttable Reset Securities for the last three years is as follows ($ in thousands):

 

     2003

   2002

    2001

 

Amount outstanding at year end

   $ —      $ —       $ 1,001,961  

Average amount outstanding during the year

     —        919,408       1,004,977  

Maximum outstanding at any month’s end

     —        1,001,890       1,007,552  

Coupon rate

     —        6.15 %     6.15 %

Average interest rate during the year

     —        6.11       6.11  

 

The Senior Bank Notes – Puttable Reset Securities were remarketed in December 2002 and at that time became long-term borrowings.

 

Information relating to the Corporation’s short-term borrowings is included in Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This report contains statements that may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, such as statements other than historical facts contained or incorporated by reference in this report. These statements speak of M&I’s plans, goals, beliefs or expectations, refer to estimates or use similar terms. Future filings by M&I with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and future statements other than historical facts contained in written material, press releases and oral statements issued by, or on behalf of, M&I may also constitute forward-looking statements.

 

Forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and uncertainties, and M&I’s actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in such forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause actual results to differ from the results discussed in forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to the following:

 

M&I’s earnings are significantly affected by general business and economic conditions.

 

M&I’s business and earnings are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the United States and, in particular, the states where it has significant operations, including Wisconsin, Arizona, Minnesota, Missouri and Florida. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, monetary supply, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, the strength of the U.S. and local economies and consumer spending, borrowing and saving habits. For example, an economic downturn, increase in unemployment or higher interest rates could decrease the demand for loans and other products and services and/or result in a deterioration in credit quality and/or loan performance and collectability. Higher interest rates also could increase M&I’s cost to borrow funds and increase the rate M&I pays on deposits. In addition, an overall economic slowdown could negatively impact the purchasing and decision-making activities of Metavante’s financial institution customers.

 

9


Table of Contents

Terrorism, acts of war or international conflicts could negatively affect M&I’s business and financial condition.

 

Acts or threats of war or terrorism, international conflicts, including ongoing military operations in Iraq and Afghanistan, and the actions taken by the U.S. and other governments in response to such events could negatively impact general business and economic conditions in the U.S. If terrorist activity, acts of war or other international hostilities cause an overall economic decline, the financial condition and operating results of M&I could be materially adversely affected. The potential for future terrorist attacks, the national and international responses to terrorist attacks or perceived threats to national security and other actual or potential conflicts or acts of war, including conflict in the Middle East, have created many economic and political uncertainties that could seriously harm M&I’s business and results of operations in ways that cannot presently be predicted.

 

M&I earnings also are significantly affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies.

 

The policies of the Federal Reserve Board impact M&I significantly. The Federal Reserve Board regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its policies directly and indirectly influence the rate of interest earned on loans and paid on borrowings and interest-bearing deposits and can also affect the value of financial instruments M&I holds. Those policies determine to a significant extent M&I’s cost of funds for lending and investing. Changes in those policies are beyond M&I’s control and are difficult to predict. Federal Reserve Board policies can affect M&I’s borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. For example, a tightening of the money supply by the Federal Reserve Board could reduce the demand for a borrower’s products and services. This could adversely affect the borrower’s earnings and ability to repay its loan.

 

The banking and financial services industry is highly competitive.

 

M&I operates in a highly competitive environment in the products and services M&I offers and the markets in which M&I operates. The competition among financial services providers to attract and retain customers is intense. Customer loyalty can be easily influenced by a competitor’s new products, especially offerings that provide cost savings to the customer. Some of M&I’s competitors may be better able to provide a wider range of products and services over a greater geographic area.

 

M&I believes the banking and financial services industry will become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continued consolidation of the industry. Technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Also, investment banks and insurance companies are competing in more banking businesses such as syndicated lending and consumer banking. Many of M&I’s competitors are subject to fewer regulatory constraints and have lower cost structures. M&I expects the consolidation of the banking and financial services industry to result in larger, better-capitalized companies offering a wide array of financial services and products.

 

M&I is heavily regulated by federal and state agencies.

 

The holding company, its subsidiary banks and many of its non-bank subsidiaries are heavily regulated at the federal and state levels. This regulation is designed primarily to protect consumers, depositors and the banking system as a whole, not stockholders. Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect M&I in substantial and unpredictable ways including limiting the types of financial services and products M&I may offer, increasing the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products and/or increasing M&I’s cost structures. Also, M&I’s failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies and damage to its reputation.

 

M&I is subject to examinations and challenges by tax authorities.

 

In the normal course of business, M&I and its affiliates are routinely subject to examinations and challenges from federal and state tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due in connection with investments it

 

10


Table of Contents

has made and the businesses in which it is engaged. Recently, state taxing authorities have become increasingly aggressive in challenging tax positions taken by financial institutions. The challenges made by tax authorities may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions. If any such challenges are made and are not resolved in M&I’s favor, they could have an adverse effect on M&I’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions.

 

Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions that historically have involved banks at one or both ends of the transaction. For example, consumers can now pay bills and transfer funds directly without banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as disintermediation, could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and income generated from those deposits.

 

Maintaining or increasing M&I’s market share depends on market acceptance and regulatory approval of new products and services and other factors.

 

M&I’s success depends, in part, on its ability to adapt its products and services to evolving industry standards and to control expenses. There is increasing pressure on financial services companies to provide products and services at lower prices. This can reduce M&I’s net interest margin and revenues from its fee-based products and services. In addition, M&I’s success depends in part on its ability to generate significant levels of new business in its existing markets and in identifying and penetrating markets. Further, the widespread adoption of new technologies, including Internet-based services, could require M&I to make substantial expenditures to modify or adapt its existing products and services. M&I may not successfully introduce new products and services, achieve market acceptance of its products and services, develop and maintain loyal customers and/or break into targeted markets.

 

The holding company relies on dividends from its subsidiaries for most of its revenue, and the banking subsidiaries hold a significant portion of their assets indirectly.

 

The holding company is a separate and distinct legal entity from its subsidiaries. It receives substantially all of its revenue from dividends from its subsidiaries. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on the holding company’s common stock and interest on its debt. The payment of dividends by a subsidiary is subject to federal law restrictions as well as to the laws of the subsidiary’s state of incorporation. Also, a parent company’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. In addition, the M&I bank and savings association subsidiaries hold a significant portion of their mortgage loan and investment portfolios indirectly through their ownership interests in direct and indirect subsidiaries.

 

M&I depends on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.

 

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with customers and counterparties, M&I may rely on information provided to it by customers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. M&I may also rely on representations of customers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to a business, M&I may assume that the customer’s audited financial statements conform with generally accepted accounting principles and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the customer. M&I may also rely on the audit report covering those financial statements. M&I’s financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted to the extent it relies on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or that are materially misleading.

 

M&I’s accounting policies and methods are key to how M&I reports its financial condition and results of operations, and they may require management to make estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain.

 

M&I’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how M&I records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. M&I’s management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of

 

11


Table of Contents

these accounting policies and methods in order to ensure that they comply with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect management’s judgment as to the most appropriate manner in which to record and report M&I’s financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which might be reasonable under the circumstances yet might result in M&I’s reporting materially different amounts than would have been reported under a different alternative.

 

M&I has identified four accounting policies as being “critical” to the presentation of its financial condition and results of operations because they require management to make particularly subjective and/or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. These critical accounting policies relate to: (1) the allowance for loan and lease losses, (2) capitalized software and conversion costs; (3) financial asset sales and securitizations; and (4) income taxes. Because of the inherent uncertainty of estimates about these matters, no assurance can be given that the application of alternative policies or methods might not result in M&I’s reporting materially different amounts.

 

More information on M&I’s critical accounting policies is contained in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations.

 

M&I has an active acquisition program.

 

M&I regularly explores opportunities to acquire banking institutions, financial technology providers and other financial services providers. M&I cannot predict the number, size or timing of future acquisitions. M&I typically does not publicly comment on a possible acquisition or business combination until it has signed a definitive agreement for the transaction.

 

Difficulty in integrating an acquired company or business may cause M&I not to realize expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits from the acquisition. Specifically, the integration process could result in higher than expected deposit attrition (run-off), loss of key employees, the disruption of M&I’s business or the business of the acquired company, or otherwise adversely affect M&I’s ability to maintain existing relationships with clients, employees and suppliers or to enter into new business relationships. These factors could contribute to M&I not achieving the anticipated benefits of the acquisition within the desired time frames, if at all.

 

Future acquisitions could require M&I to use substantial cash or liquid assets or to incur debt. In such cases, M&I could become more susceptible to economic downturns and competitive pressures.

 

M&I is dependent on senior management.

 

M&I’s continued success depends to a significant extent upon the continued services of its senior management. The loss of services of any of M&I’s senior executive officers could cause M&I’s business to suffer. In addition, M&I’s success depends in part upon senior management’s ability to implement M&I’s business strategy.

 

M&I’s stock price can be volatile.

 

M&I’s stock price can fluctuate widely in response to a variety of factors including:

 

  actual or anticipated variations in M&I’s quarterly results;

 

  new technology or services by M&I’s competitors;

 

  significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving M&I or its competitors;

 

12


Table of Contents
  changes in accounting policies or practices;

 

  failure to integrate M&I’s acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from M&I’s acquisitions; or

 

  changes in government regulations.

 

General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic and political conditions, such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes, credit loss trends or currency fluctuations, also could cause M&I’s stock price to decrease regardless of its operating results.

 

M&I may be a defendant in a variety of litigation and other actions, which may have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial condition.

 

M&I and its subsidiaries may be involved from time to time in a variety of litigation arising out of M&I’s business. M&I’s insurance may not cover all claims that may be asserted against it, and any claims asserted against M&I, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm M&I’s reputation. Should the ultimate judgments or settlements in any litigation exceed M&I’s insurance coverage, they could have a material adverse effect on M&I’s business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, M&I may not be able to obtain appropriate types or levels of insurance in the future, nor may M&I be able to obtain adequate replacement policies with acceptable terms, if at all.

 

In addition to the factors discussed above, the following factors concerning Metavante’s business may cause M&I’s results to differ from the results discussed in forward-looking statements:

 

Metavante relies on the continued functioning of its data centers and the integrity of the data it processes.

 

Metavante’s data centers are an integral part of its business. Damage to Metavante’s data centers due to acts of terrorism, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure and other disasters could have a material adverse effect on Metavante’s business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, because Metavante relies on the integrity of the data it processes, if this data is incorrect or somehow tainted, client relations and confidence in Metavante’s services could be impaired, which would harm Metavante’s business.

 

Network operational difficulties or security problems could damage Metavante’s reputation and business.

 

Metavante depends on the reliable operation of network connections from its clients and its clients’ end users to its systems. Any operational problems or outages in these systems would cause Metavante to be unable to process transactions for its clients and its clients’ end users, resulting in decreased revenues. In addition, any system delays, failures or loss of data, whatever the cause, could reduce client satisfaction with Metavante’s products and services and harm Metavante’s financial results.

 

Metavante also depends on the security of its systems. Metavante’s networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses and other disruptive problems. Metavante transmits confidential financial information in providing its services. A material security problem affecting Metavante could damage its reputation, deter financial services providers from purchasing its products, deter their customers from using its products or result in liability to Metavante. Any material security problem affecting Metavante’s competitors could affect the marketplace’s perception of Internet banking and electronic commerce service in general and have the same effects.

 

Metavante may not be able to protect its intellectual property, and Metavante may be subject to infringement claims.

 

Metavante relies on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect its proprietary technology. Despite Metavante’s efforts to protect its intellectual property, third parties may infringe or misappropriate Metavante’s intellectual property or may develop software or technology competitive to Metavante’s. Metavante’s competitors may independently develop similar technology, duplicate its products or services or design around Metavante’s intellectual property rights. Metavante may have to litigate to enforce and protect its intellectual property rights, trade secrets and know-how or to determine their scope, validity or enforceability, which is expensive, could cause a diversion of resources and may not prove successful. The loss of intellectual property protection or the inability to secure or enforce intellectual property protection could harm Metavante’s business and ability to compete.

 

13


Table of Contents

Metavante also may be subject to costly litigation in the event its products or technology infringe upon another party’s proprietary rights. Third parties may have, or may eventually be issued, patents that would be infringed by Metavante’s products or technology. Any of these third parties could make a claim of infringement against Metavante with respect to its products or technology. Metavante may also be subject to claims by third parties for breach of copyright, trademark or license usage rights. Any such claims and any resulting litigation could subject Metavante to significant liability for damages. An adverse determination in any litigation of this type could require Metavante to design around a third party’s patent or to license alternative technology from another party. In addition, litigation is time consuming and expensive to defend and could result in the diversion of the time and attention of Metavante’s management and employees. Any claims from third parties may also result in limitations on Metavante’s ability to use the intellectual property subject to these claims.

 

Metavante’s business could suffer if it fails to attract and retain key technical people.

 

Metavante’s success depends in large part upon Metavante’s ability to attract and retain highly skilled technical, management and sales and marketing personnel. Because the development of Metavante’s products and services requires knowledge of computer hardware, operating system software, system management software and application software, key technical personnel must be proficient in a number of disciplines. Competition for the best people—in particular individuals with technology experience—is intense. Metavante may not be able to hire key people or pay them enough to keep them.

 

All forward-looking statements contained in this report or which may be contained in future statements made for or on behalf of M&I are based upon information available at the time the statement is made and M&I assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement.

 

Notice Regarding Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

 

Arthur Andersen LLP was formerly the independent auditor for M&I. Representatives of Arthur Andersen LLP are not available to consent to the incorporation by reference of their report contained in this Annual Report into M&I’s registration statements on Form S-3, Form S-4 and Form S-8, and M&I has dispensed with the requirement to file their consent in reliance upon Rule 437a of the Securities Act of 1933. Because Arthur Andersen LLP has not consented to the incorporation by reference of their report into these registration statements, purchasers of stock under these registration statements will not be able to recover against Arthur Andersen LLP under Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933 for any untrue statements of a material fact contained in the financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen LLP that are incorporated by reference into these registration statements or any omissions of material fact required to be stated therein.

 

ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES

 

M&I and M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank (“M&I Bank”) occupy offices on all or portions of 15 floors of a 21-story building located at 770 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. M&I Bank owns the building and its adjacent 10-story parking lot and leases the remaining floors to a professional tenant. In addition, various subsidiaries of M&I lease commercial office space in downtown Milwaukee office buildings near the 770 North Water Street facility. M&I Bank also owns or leases various branch offices throughout Wisconsin, 28 offices in the Phoenix and Tucson, Arizona metropolitan areas, ten offices in the Minneapolis, Minnesota metropolitan area and one office in Duluth, Minnesota. Southwest Bank of St. Louis owns or leases six offices in the St. Louis, Missouri metropolitan area and one office in Belleville, Illinois. M&I Bank of Mayville, a special limited purpose subsidiary of M&I located in Mayville, Wisconsin, and M&I Bank FSB, a federal savings bank subsidiary of M&I located in Las Vegas, Nevada with branches in Naples and Bonita Springs, Florida and Milwaukee, Wisconsin, occupy modern facilities which are leased. Metavante owns a data processing facility located in Brown Deer, a suburb of Milwaukee, from which Metavante conducts data processing activities and a facility in Milwaukee that houses its software development teams. Properties leased by Metavante also include commercial office space in Brown Deer and Milwaukee, a data processing site in Oak Creek, Wisconsin, and processing centers and sales offices in various cities such as Lawrenceville, New Jersey; Sioux Falls, South Dakota; San Jose, California; Ann Arbor, Michigan; Atlanta, Georgia; and Madison, Wisconsin.

 

14


Table of Contents
ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

M&I is not currently involved in any material pending legal proceedings, other than litigation of a routine nature and various legal matters which are being defended and handled in the ordinary course of business.

 

ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

Not applicable.

 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

(Age as of March 1, 2004)

 

Name of Officer


  

Office


James B. Wigdale

Age 67

   Chairman of the Board since December 1992, Chief Executive Officer from October 1992 to December 2001, Director since December 1988, Vice Chairman of the Board, December 1988 to December 1992, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Chairman of the Board from January 1989 to October 2001, Chief Executive Officer from 1987 to October 2001, Director since 1981, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; Chairman of the Board and President, M&I Ventures L.L.C. and M&I Capital Markets Group L.L.C.; Director, Metavante Corporation, M&I Brokerage Services, Inc., Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A., M&I Investment Management Corp. and M&I Insurance Services, Inc.

Dennis J. Kuester

Age 61

   Chief Executive Officer since January 2002, President since 1987, Director since February 1994, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since October 2001, President from January 1989 to October 2001, Director since January 1989, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; Chairman of the Board, Metavante Corporation; Vice President, M&I Ventures L.L.C. and M&I Capital Markets Group L.L.C.

Thomas M. Bolger

Age 53

   Executive Vice President since October 2001, Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer from 1994 to October 2001, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; President and Director since October 2001, Executive Vice President from 1997 to October 2001, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; Director and Vice President, M&I Capital Markets Group L.L.C. and M&I Ventures L.L.C.; Senior Vice President of Southwest Bank of St. Louis; Vice President of M&I Bank FSB; Director of M&I Bank of Mayville, M&I Investment Management, Corp., Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A., M&I Support Services Corp., M&I First National Leasing Corp., Metavante Corporation and Diversified Business Credit, Inc.

Ryan R. Deneen

Age 39

  

Senior Vice President, Director of Corporate Tax of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation since December 2003; Partner with KPMG LLP, a public accounting firm, from 1997 to November 2003.

Randall J. Erickson

Age 44

   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation since June 2002; Corporate Secretary of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank since June 2002; Director of M&I Bank FSB and M&I Community Development Corporation; Director and Vice President of SWB Holdings, Inc.; Director and Secretary of M&I Capital Markets Group L.L.C. and M&I Ventures L.L.C.; Shareholder at Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., a Milwaukee-based law firm, from September 1990 to June 2002.

 

15


Table of Contents

Name of Officer


  

Office


Mark F. Furlong

Age 46

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation since 2001; Chief Financial Officer of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank since February 2003; Senior Vice President of Southwest Bank of St. Louis; Vice President and Treasurer of M&I Capital Markets Group L.L.C. and M&I Ventures L.L.C.; Director of Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A., M&I Investment Management Corp. and Metavante Corporation; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Old Kent Financial Corporation from 1998 to 2001; First Vice President/Director of Corporate Development/Commercial Banking of H.F. Ahmanson & Co. from 1992 to 1998.

Mark R. Hogan

Age 49

   Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer since October 2001, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer since November 1995, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; Director, M&I First National Leasing Corp., Diversified Business Credit, Inc. and Richter-Schroeder Company, Inc.; Director and Vice President of SWB Holdings, Inc.

Patricia R. Justiliano

Age 53

   Senior Vice President since 1994 and Corporate Controller since April 1989, Vice President from 1986 to 1994, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Vice President since January 1999, Controller since September 1998, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; Director, President and Treasurer of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Holdings, Inc., M&I Marshall & Ilsley Investment II Corporation, M&I Zion Investment II Corporation and M&I Zion Holdings. Inc.; Director, Vice President and Treasurer of M&I Insurance Company of Arizona, Inc.; Director and Treasurer of M&I Mortgage Reinsurance Corporation; Director of M&I Bank FSB, M&I Bank of Mayville, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Investment Corporation, M&I Mortgage Corp., M&I Servicing Corp., M&I Zion Investment Corp. and SWB Investment Corporation.

Kenneth C. Krei

Age 54

   Senior Vice President of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation since July 2003; Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. since July 2003; Director and Chief Executive Officer of M&I Investment Management Corp. since July 2003; Director of M&I Brokerage Services, Inc. and M&I Insurance Services, Inc.; Executive Vice President, Investment Advisors at Fifth Third Bancorp from 2001 to 2003; Executive Vice President, Investment and Insurance Services at Old Kent Financial Corporation from 1998 to 2001.

Nancy A. Maas

Age 44

   Senior Vice President, Director of Corporate Marketing since June 2002, Vice President and Corporate Marketing Officer from 1999 to June 2002, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Assistant Vice President from 1998 to 1999, Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A.; Director of Shareholder Marketing from 1997 to 1998, Strong Financial Corporation.

Frank R. Martire

Age 56

   Senior Vice President of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation since April 2003; Director, President and Chief Executive Officer since March 2003, President, Financial Services Group, from January 2003 to March 2003, Metavante Corporation; Director and President of Metavante International, Inc.; President and Chief Operating Officer of Call Solutions Inc. from 2001 to 2003; President and Chief Operating Officer, Financial Institution Systems and Services Group, of Fiserv, Inc. from 1991 to 2001.

 

16


Table of Contents

Name of Officer


  

Office


Thomas J. O’Neill

Age 43

   Senior Vice President since April 1997, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Executive Vice President since 2000, Senior Vice President since 1997, Vice President since 1991, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; Senior Vice President of Southwest Bank of St. Louis; Director and President of M&I Bank FSB, M&I Dealer Finance, Inc., M&I Insurance Company of Arizona, Inc., M&I Mortgage Corp. and M&I Mortgage Reinsurance Corporation; Director and Vice President of M&I Community Development Corporation; Director of M&I Bank of Mayville, M&I Brokerage Services, Inc., M&I Investment Management Corp., Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A., M&I Insurance Services, Inc. and M&I Support Services Corp.

Paul J. Renard

Age 43

   Senior Vice President, Director of Human Resources since 2000, Vice President and manager since 1994, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Senior Vice President of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank.

John L. Roberts

Age 51

   Senior Vice President of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation since 1994; Senior Vice President since 1994, Vice President and Controller from 1986 to 1995, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; President and Director since 1995, M&I Support Services Corp.; Director, M&I Bank FSB and M&I Mortgage Corp.; President and Director of M&I Bank of Mayville.

Thomas A. Root

Age 47

   Senior Vice President since 1998, Audit Director since May 1996, Vice President from 1991 to 1998, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Vice President since 1993 and Audit Director since 1999, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank.

Jeffrey V. Williams

Age 59

   Senior Vice President since December 1997, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Senior Vice President since 1994, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; Chairman of the Board since July 2003, President and Chief Executive Officer from January 2003 to July 2003, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from 1999 to 2003; Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A.; Director and Chief Executive Officer of M&I Insurance Services, Inc. and M&I Brokerage Services Inc.; Vice President of M&I Capital Markets Group L.L.C. and M&I Ventures L.L.C.; Director of M&I Investment Management Corp., M&I Portfolio Services, Inc. and M&I Support Services Corp.

Donald H. Wilson

Age 44

   Senior Vice President and Treasurer since December 1996, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation; Senior Vice President of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank; Director and President of M&I Northwoods III and M&I Dealer Auto Securitization, LLC; Senior Vice President of Southwest Bank of St. Louis; Assistant Secretary of M&I Capital Markets Group L.L.C. and M&I Ventures L.L.C.; Director of M&I Bank FSB, M&I Community Development Corporation, M&I Custody of Nevada, Inc., M&I Marshall & Ilsley Holdings, Inc., M&I Marshall & Ilsley Investment II Corporation, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Investment Corporation, M&I Mortgage Corp., M&I Servicing Corp., M&I Zion Holdings, Inc., M&I Zion Investment Corp., M&I Zion Investment II Corporation and SWB Investment Corporation.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Stock Listing

 

M&I’s common stock is traded under the symbol “MI” on the New York Stock Exchange. Common dividends declared and the price range for M&I’s common stock for each of the last five years can be found in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Quarterly Financial Information.

 

17


Table of Contents

A discussion of the regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends can be found under Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations, and in Note 15 in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

Holders of Common Equity

 

At December 31, 2003 M&I had approximately 19,708 record holders of its common stock.

 

18


Table of Contents
ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

Consolidated Summary of Earnings

Years Ended December 31 ($000’s except share data)

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

 

Interest Income:

                                        

Loans and leases

   $ 1,304,060     $ 1,297,166     $ 1,358,802     $ 1,391,651     $ 1,156,775  

Investment securities

                                        

Taxable

     165,075       198,037       270,336       272,536       269,668  

Exempt from federal income taxes

     57,968       60,637       62,273       65,429       58,820  

Trading securities

     258       328       884       1,508       1,864  

Short-term investments

     2,559       11,168       16,812       16,858       9,457  
    


 


 


 


 


Total interest income

     1,529,920       1,567,336       1,709,107       1,747,982       1,496,584  

Interest Expense:

                                        

Deposits

     228,216       283,385       566,899       772,016       585,864  

Short-term borrowings

     81,070       150,310       188,587       224,187       142,294  

Long-term borrowings

     163,348       127,343       110,842       78,773       63,145  
    


 


 


 


 


Total interest expense

     472,634       561,038       866,328       1,074,976       791,303  
    


 


 


 


 


Net interest income

     1,057,286       1,006,298       842,779       673,006       705,281  

Provision for loan and lease losses

     62,993       74,416       54,115       30,352       25,419  
    


 


 


 


 


Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     994,293       931,882       788,664       642,654       679,862  

Other Income:

                                        

Data processing services

     657,827       601,500       559,816       546,041       494,816  

Trust services

     126,759       120,586       120,827       117,680       100,963  

Net securities gains (losses)

     21,572       (6,271 )     (6,759 )     (29,985 )     7,691  

Other

     409,643       366,873       327,366       297,858       279,606  
    


 


 


 


 


Total other income

     1,215,801       1,082,688       1,001,250       931,594       883,076  

Other Expense:

                                        

Salaries and benefits

     797,518       745,518       695,405       628,215       587,711  

Other

     654,189       550,460       593,464       475,683       447,288  
    


 


 


 


 


Total other expense

     1,451,707       1,295,978       1,288,869       1,103,898       1,034,999  
    


 


 


 


 


Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles

     758,387       718,592       501,045       470,350       527,939  

Provision for income taxes

     214,282       238,265       163,124       152,948       173,428  
    


 


 


 


 


Income before cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles

     544,105       480,327       337,921       317,402       354,511  

Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, net of income taxes

     —         —         (436 )     (2,279 )     —    
    


 


 


 


 


Net Income

   $ 544,105     $ 480,327     $ 337,485     $ 315,123     $ 354,511  
    


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share:**

                                        

Basic:

                                        

Income before cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles

   $ 2.41     $ 2.24     $ 1.60     $ 1.51     $ 1.66  

Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, net of income taxes

     —         —         —         (0.01 )     —    
    


 


 


 


 


Net income

   $ 2.41     $ 2.24     $ 1.60     $ 1.50     $ 1.66  
    


 


 


 


 


Diluted:

                                        

Income before cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles

   $ 2.38     $ 2.16     $ 1.55     $ 1.46     $ 1.57  

Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, net of income taxes

     —         —         —         (0.01 )     —    
    


 


 


 


 


Net income

   $ 2.38     $ 2.16     $ 1.55     $ 1.45     $ 1.57  
    


 


 


 


 


Other Significant Data:

                                        

Year-End Common Stock Price**

   $ 38.25     $ 27.38     $ 31.64     $ 25.42     $ 31.41  

Return on Average Shareholders’ Equity

     16.79 %     17.36 %     13.89 %     14.67 %     16.32 %

Return on Average Assets

     1.64       1.64       1.28       1.26       1.56  

Dividend Payout Ratio

     29.41       28.94       36.65       35.72       29.94  

Average Equity to Average Assets Ratio

     9.74       9.47       9.21       8.58       9.57  

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges*

                                        

Excluding Interest on Deposits

     3.84 x     3.38 x     2.56 x     2.46 x     3.38 x

Including Interest on Deposits

     2.53 x     2.23 x     1.56 x     1.43 x     1.65 x

  * See Exhibit 12 for detailed computation of these ratios.
** Restated for 2-for-1 stock split effective June 17, 2002.

 

19


Table of Contents

Consolidated Average Balance Sheets

Years ended December 31 ($000’s except share data)

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

 

Assets:

                                        

Cash and due from banks

   $ 752,215     $ 708,256     $ 651,367     $ 615,015     $ 638,399  

Investment securities:

                                        

Trading securities

     23,017       15,247       21,284       30,926       37,276  

Short-term investments

     264,254       717,129       503,857       265,487       186,106  

Other investment securities:

                                        

Taxable

     4,038,579       3,325,568       3,926,737       4,063,773       4,208,498  

Tax exempt

     1,173,466       1,224,737       1,269,175       1,327,159       1,217,847  
    


 


 


 


 


Total investment securities

     5,499,316       5,282,681       5,721,053       5,687,345       5,649,727  

Loans and Leases:

                                        

Commercial

     6,905,323       6,143,862       5,478,342       4,975,482       4,359,880  

Real estate

     14,938,082       12,633,208       10,514,536       9,958,164       8,639,360  

Personal

     1,874,315       1,388,447       1,182,049       1,245,738       1,204,931  

Lease financing

     674,871       862,927       1,026,215       938,525       705,054  
    


 


 


 


 


Total loans and leases

     24,392,591       21,028,444       18,201,142       17,117,909       14,909,225  

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     347,838       302,664       253,089       233,466       228,500  
    


 


 


 


 


Net loans and leases

     24,044,753       20,725,780       17,948,053       16,884,443       14,680,725  

Premises and equipment, net

     440,492       418,042       391,633       376,286       360,624  

Accrued interest and other assets

     2,531,245       2,067,891       1,658,203       1,478,688       1,371,488  
    


 


 


 


 


Total Assets

   $ 33,268,021     $ 29,202,650     $ 26,370,309     $ 25,041,777     $ 22,700,963  
    


 


 


 


 


Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:

                                        

Deposits:

                                        

Noninterest bearing

   $ 4,189,724     $ 3,509,133     $ 2,895,083     $ 2,648,419     $ 2,663,609  

Interest bearing:

                                        

Bank issued deposits:

                                        

Bank issued interest bearing activity deposits

     10,084,996       8,996,778       7,833,126       6,836,132       6,595,060  

Bank issued time deposits

     3,399,734       3,540,124       3,975,253       4,291,005       4,254,869  
    


 


 


 


 


Total bank issued deposits

     13,484,730       12,536,902       11,808,379       11,127,137       10,849,929  

Wholesale deposits

     4,311,424       2,596,952       2,487,129       3,722,227       2,643,364  
    


 


 


 


 


Total interest bearing deposits

     17,796,154       15,133,854       14,295,508       14,849,364       13,493,293  
    


 


 


 


 


Total deposits

     21,985,878       18,642,987       17,190,591       17,497,783       16,156,902  

Short-term borrowings

     3,138,752       4,188,339       3,944,160       3,538,846       2,803,834  

Long-term borrowings

     3,798,851       2,693,447       1,962,801       1,178,805       1,009,132  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,103,886       911,187       843,198       678,269       558,978  
    


 


 


 


 


Total liabilities

     30,027,367       26,435,960       23,940,750       22,893,703       20,528,846  

Shareholders’ Equity

     3,240,654       2,766,690       2,429,559       2,148,074       2,172,117  
    


 


 


 


 


Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 33,268,021     $ 29,202,650     $ 26,370,309     $ 25,041,777     $ 22,700,963  
    


 


 


 


 


Other Significant Data:

                                        

Book Value Per Share at Year End**

   $ 15.00     $ 13.51     $ 11.65     $ 10.60     $ 9.74  

Average Common Shares Outstanding**

     226,342,764       212,799,996       208,587,816       208,201,304       209,881,574  

Employees at Year End

     12,244       12,625       11,657       11,753       11,433  

Credit Quality Ratios:

                                        

Net Loan and Lease Charge-offs to Average Loans and Leases

     0.21 %     0.21 %     0.22 %     0.12 %     0.17 %

Total Nonperforming Loans and Leases* and OREO to End of Period Loans and Leases and OREO

     0.74       0.85       0.94       0.76       0.75  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to End of Period Loans and Leases

     1.39       1.42       1.39       1.34       1.38  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Total Nonperforming Loans and Leases*

     202       174       154       182       193  

  * Loans and leases nonaccrual, restructured, and past due 90 days or more.
** Restated for 2-for-1 stock split effective June 17, 2002.

 

20


Table of Contents

Yield & Cost Analysis

Years ended December 31 (Tax equivalent basis)

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

 

Average Rates Earned:

                              

Loan and Leases

   5.36 %   6.18 %   7.48 %   8.14 %   7.77 %

Investment Securities - Taxable

   4.13     6.11     7.04     6.62     6.42  

Investment Securities - Tax-Exempt

   7.58     7.49     7.28     7.16     7.13  

Trading Securities

   1.16     2.21     4.21     4.92     5.08  

Short-term Investments

   0.97     1.56     3.34     6.35     5.08  

Average Rates Paid:

                              

Interest Bearing Deposits

   1.28 %   1.87 %   3.97 %   5.20 %   4.34 %

Short-term Borrowings

   2.58     3.59     4.78     6.34     5.07  

Long-term Borrowings

   4.30     4.73     5.65     6.68     6.26  

M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank Average Prime Rate

   4.12     4.67     6.91     9.24     8.02  

 

21


Table of Contents
ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Overview

 

The year ended December 31, 2003 was a significant year for the Corporation in terms of expansion and success across all of its segments and reporting units despite industry challenges and an uncooperative economy. Strong mortgage loan production for the second year in a row, the return to double-digit growth in segment earnings by Metavante, solid loan and deposit growth, expense management and maintaining the Corporation’s historically sound credit quality all contributed to consolidated earnings growth.

 

Net income in 2003 amounted to $544.1 million or $2.38 per share on a diluted basis. The return on average assets and return on average equity were 1.64% and 16.79%, respectively. By comparison, 2002 net income was $480.3 million, diluted earnings per share was $2.16, the return on average assets was 1.64% and the return on average equity was 17.36%. For the year ended December 31, 2001, net income was $337.5 million or $1.55 per diluted share and the returns on average assets and average equity were 1.28% and 13.89%, respectively.

 

With regard to the outlook in 2004 for the Banking Segment, management expects that commercial loan growth (as a percentage) will be in the high single digits and personal loan growth (as a percentage) will be in the mid-to-high single digits. Overall, noninterest bearing deposit growth is expected to be lower in 2004 compared to 2003. Based on the general improvement in various segments of the loan portfolio, nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding are expected to be in the 70-85 basis point range and net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases are expected to be in the 15-20 basis point range. Mortgage loan production is not expected to continue at the strong volumes experienced in 2002 and the first three quarters of 2003. In the Data Services Segment, management expects Metavante’s 2004 revenue growth (as a percentage) to be in the mid-to-high single digits, and segment income growth is expected to be slightly stronger than revenue growth. The Corporation’s actual results for 2004 could differ materially from those expected by management. See “Forward-Looking Statements” in Item 1 of this Form 10-K for a discussion of the various risk factors that could cause actual results to be different than expected results.

 

The results of operations and financial position for the periods presented include the effects of the acquisitions by Metavante as well as the banking-related acquisitions from the dates of merger. All transactions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. See Note 4 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the Corporation’s acquisition activities in 2003, 2002 and 2001.

 

Significant Transactions

 

Some of the more significant transactions in 2003, 2002 and 2001 consisted of the following:

 

During 2003, gains recognized by the Corporation’s Capital Markets Group amounted to $20.0 million. Approximately $16.2 million of the gain was from the sale of an investment in the third quarter of 2003.

 

Also during 2003, several income tax audits covering multiple tax jurisdictions were resolved which positively affected the banking segment by approximately $28.6 million and Metavante by $10.7 million and resulted in a lower provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

The Corporation used the unanticipated Capital Markets Group gains and the impact from resolving income tax audits to take advantage of the low interest rate environment in 2003. The Corporation prepaid and retired certain higher cost long-term debt and terminated some related receive floating / pay fixed interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges. The total debt retired amounted to $744.6 million and the charge to earnings amounted to $56.7 million.

 

As a result of a shift in product strategy, Metavante wrote-off certain purchased and internally developed software that will no longer be used. The losses amounted to $22.8 million in 2003.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, Metavante incurred integration costs associated with the July 29, 2002 acquisition of Paytrust, Inc., (“Paytrust”) an online bill management company. Such costs were the

 

22


Table of Contents

result of operating duplicate platforms, which include duplicate facilities, personnel and processing costs, and continued through the first quarter of 2003. Total integration costs incurred amounted to $9.6 million ($5.7 million on an after-tax basis). Costs incurred in 2002 amounted to $7.1 million ($4.2 million after-tax) and costs incurred in the first quarter of 2003 amounted to $2.5 million ($1.5 million after-tax).

 

During 2001, Metavante wrote-off three equity investments with a carrying value of approximately $16.1 million. One investment employed technology that was replaced through Metavante’s acquisition of Derivion Corporation (“Derivion”) and Cyberbills Inc. (“Cyberbills”), both providers of electronic bill presentment and payment technology and services. The other investments were in the loan origination and Internet lending businesses which Metavante chose to exit. In each case in 2001, Metavante discontinued its participation in the funding of these businesses. That factor together with the sustained and continuing operating losses and negative working capital positions resulted in the determination that these investments were permanently impaired. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, Metavante did not have any other equity investments.

 

During 2001, Metavante initiated a reduction in force and realignment that consisted of the closing of four regional offices and a general reduction in force across all classes of employees in the Milwaukee metropolitan area. Approximately 400 positions were eliminated. Total costs were approximately $11.0 million and consisted primarily of severance of $9.6 million, lease termination and other occupancy exit costs of $0.7 million and professional fees including outplacement services of $0.4 million. All of the costs have been paid.

 

In conjunction with Metavante’s acquisitions of Derivion and Cyberbills, $2.8 million of prepaid maintenance fees and capitalized software costs associated with other technologies that were replaced by the new and enhanced bill presentment and payment technology obtained in the acquisitions were written-off in the second quarter of 2001. Transition costs associated with the integration totaled approximately $7.0 million and were recognized in the third and fourth quarters of 2001. In total, approximately $9.8 million in charges were taken.

 

Also during 2001, $34.5 million in charges were taken in conjunction with Metavante’s acquisition of Brokat Technologies’ (“Brokat”) North American Internet banking operations. The decision to consolidate certain locations and technology platforms resulted in severance of $3.8 million and facility closure charges of approximately $10.2 million. Write-offs of existing technology and software which is being replaced by Brokat’s software amounted to $20.5 million.

 

Throughout the first half of 2001, the value of used cars declined at unprecedented rates. As a result, a $25.0 million charge was taken to write-down residual values associated with the Corporation’s indirect auto lease portfolio in the second quarter of 2001. The net gains and losses after the write-downs from the disposal of off-lease vehicles in 2003 and 2002 were minimal. The Corporation continues to monitor the carrying values very closely and believes it has taken the necessary steps to reduce the likelihood of material future write-downs.

 

During the first half of 2001, the Corporation completed its charter consolidation initiative which consisted of consolidating twenty eight bank charters into one bank and one thrift. The costs associated with this initiative included the cost of programming changes required to support operations and processes to achieve the scale required in the reduced charter environment, consulting and other professional fees, costs to eliminate duplicate loan and deposit customers’ accounts, affiliate shareholder matters and regulatory costs, and costs associated with employee relocation, retention and severance. These costs, which amounted to $12.0 million ($8.5 million after-tax), were recorded as incurred and there were no significant accrual of costs. During the second quarter of 2001, the consolidations were completed and there have been no material charges incurred since that time.

 

On January 1, 2002, the Corporation adopted the new accounting standard for accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets. As a result of that standard, goodwill amortization ceased on January 1, 2002 and goodwill and other intangible assets that have been determined to have indefinite lives are now subject to periodic tests for impairment. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Corporation does not have any other intangibles that are deemed to have indefinite lives. Goodwill amortization amounted to $17.5 million in 2001. See Note 2 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the pro forma effect and Note 11 for additional information on the Corporation’s goodwill and other intangibles.

 

During 2001, the Corporation adopted the new accounting standard on accounting for derivatives and hedging activities as described and discussed in Note 2 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Note 21 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, provides additional information on the Corporation’s use of derivative financial instruments.

 

23


Table of Contents

The transactions discussed above generally have their greatest impact on the Corporation’s operating expenses and impact the individual line items in the Consolidated Statements of Income to varying degrees of magnitude. A table is presented in the Other Expense section of this discussion that depicts how these transactions, in the aggregate, affect the individual line items of expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income for 2002 and 2001. It is intended that the table, together with the information discussed above, provide users of the Corporation’s financial information with an understanding of how these transactions impacted the Corporation’s operating results.

 

Net Interest Income

 

Net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned on earning assets and interest owed on interest bearing liabilities, represents almost half of the Corporation’s source of revenues.

 

Net interest income in 2003 amounted to $1,057.3 million compared with net interest income of $1,006.3 million in 2002, an increase of $51.0 million or 5.1%. Solid balance sheet growth fueled in part by the impact of the 2002 acquisitions, organic growth in loans and lower cost deposits, increased spreads on certain loan products and, to a lesser extent due to the timing of the transactions, the early retirement of some higher cost long-term borrowings were positive contributors to the increase in net interest income in 2003. Net interest income in 2003 was negatively impacted by accelerated prepayments across all earning asset classes that were predominantly experienced in the first three quarters of 2003, asset repricing in excess of deposit repricing, the impact from lengthening liabilities in order to reduce future volatility in net interest income due to interest rate movements and the cash expenditures for common share buybacks and acquisitions in the prior year.

 

Average earning assets in 2003 amounted to $29.9 billion compared to $26.3 billion in 2002, an increase of $3.6 billion or 13.6%. Average loans and leases accounted for the majority of the growth in average earning assets.

 

Average interest bearing liabilities increased $2.7 billion or 12.3% in 2003 compared to 2002. The growth in average interest bearing deposits accounted for all of the growth in average interest bearing liabilities.

 

Average noninterest bearing deposits increased $0.7 billion or 19.4% in 2003 compared to the prior year.

 

Average earning assets and average interest bearing liabilities in 2003 and 2002 reflect the impact of the Corporation’s banking acquisitions which were all accounted for as purchases and therefore are included in the Corporation’s financial position and results of operations since the date the acquisitions were completed. While the banking acquisitions are fully reflected in 2003, the acquisitions of Richfield State Agency, Inc. (“Richfield State Agency”) and Century Bancshares, Inc. (“Century Bancshares”) have been included for ten months in 2002 and the acquisition of Mississippi Valley Bancshares, Inc. (“Mississippi Valley”) has been included for three months in 2002.

 

24


Table of Contents

The growth and composition of the Corporation’s average loan and lease portfolio for the current year and prior two years are reflected in the following table ($ in millions):

 

                    Percent Growth

 
     2003

   2002

   2001

   2003
vs
2002


    2002
vs
2001


 

Commercial:

                                 

Commercial

   $ 6,905.3    $ 6,143.8    $ 5,478.3    12.4 %   12.1 %

Commercial real estate:

                                 

Commercial mortgages

     6,901.0      5,703.2      4,740.7    21.0     20.3  

Construction

     999.5      754.8      521.9    32.4     44.6  
    

  

  

  

 

Total commercial real estate

     7,900.5      6,458.0      5,262.6    22.3     22.7  

Commercial lease financing

     390.0      395.2      390.3    (1.3 )   1.3  
    

  

  

  

 

Total commercial

     15,195.8      12,997.0      11,131.2    16.9     16.8  

Personal:

                                 

Residential real estate:

                                 

Residential mortgages

     2,723.1      2,501.8      2,384.9    8.8     4.9  

Construction

     205.1      143.8      127.6    42.6     12.7  
    

  

  

  

 

Total residential real estate

     2,928.2      2,645.6      2,512.5    10.7     5.3  

Consumer loans:

                                 

Student

     95.8      103.4      116.0    (7.3 )   (11.0 )

Credit card

     198.0      170.2      177.5    16.3     (4.1 )

Home equity loans and lines

     4,109.4      3,529.6      2,739.4    16.4     28.8  

Other

     1,580.5      1,114.9      888.6    41.8     25.5  
    

  

  

  

 

Total consumer loans

     5,983.7      4,918.1      3,921.5    21.7     25.4  

Personal lease financing

     284.9      467.7      635.9    (39.1 )   (26.4 )
    

  

  

  

 

Total personal

     9,196.8      8,031.4      7,069.9    14.5     13.6  
    

  

  

  

 

Total consolidated average loans and leases

   $ 24,392.6    $ 21,028.4    $ 18,201.1    16.0 %   15.5 %
    

  

  

  

 

 

Compared to 2002, average loans and leases increased $3.4 billion or 16.0% in 2003. Approximately $1.3 billion of average loan growth was due to the banking acquisitions previously discussed. Excluding the acquisitions, total average commercial loan growth amounted to $1.0 billion, which was driven by commercial real estate loan and commercial real estate construction loan growth of $0.8 billion. Excluding the effects of acquisitions, average personal loans also grew approximately $1.0 billion. Home equity loans and lines contributed approximately $0.5 billion of the personal loan growth. Indirect auto loans and leases and residential real estate loans each contributed approximately $0.2 billion to the annual average growth in personal loans, excluding the acquisitions.

 

The rate of growth in commercial loans, excluding acquisitions, has largely been the result of attracting new customers in all of the Corporation’s markets. Existing customers are generally not increasing their credit needs but appear to be successfully managing their businesses through the slower economic conditions and using cash flow to pay down loan balances. The strong cash flow of the underlying customer base that resulted in the pay down of loan balances has contributed to the improvement in nonperforming loans. Management expects that commercial loan growth in 2004 will average in the high single digits. The basis for this expectation includes continued success in attracting new customers in all of the Corporation’s markets, less usage of commercial lines of credit until such time as excess cash flow is insufficient to accommodate increases in inventory and receivables levels and modest economic growth that will strengthen over the next few quarters in the primary markets that the Corporation serves. Management expects that personal loan growth in 2004 will average in the mid-to-high single digits. Home equity loans and lines, which includes M&I’s wholesale activity, continue to be the primary consumer loan product. Management anticipates these products will continue to drive growth in the consumer side of its banking activities.

 

Generally, the Corporation sells residential real estate loan production in the secondary market service released, although selected loans with wider interest spreads and adjustable rate characteristics are periodically retained in the portfolio. Residential real estate loans originated and sold to the secondary market amounted to $3.5 billion in 2003 compared to $3.1 billion in 2002. In the first three quarters of 2003, residential real estate loans

 

25


Table of Contents

originated and sold to the secondary market averaged $1.1 billion per quarter and declined approximately 78% to $0.2 billion in the fourth quarter of 2003. At December 31, 2003, mortgage loans held for sale were insignificant compared to $0.3 billion at December 31, 2002. Management does not expect the strong volume of activity experienced in 2002 and the first three quarters of 2003 to continue in 2004. Auto loans securitized and sold in 2003 amounted to $0.8 billion. Gains from the sale of mortgage loans amounted to $54.1 million in 2003 compared to $39.7 million in 2002. Gains from the sale and securitization of auto loans amounted to $2.7 million in 2003 and $7.2 million in 2002. See Note 9, in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the Corporation’s securitization activities.

 

The Corporation anticipates that it will continue to divest of narrower interest spread assets through sale or securitization in future periods.

 

The growth and composition of the Corporation’s consolidated average deposits for the current year and prior two years are reflected below ($ in millions):

 

                    Percent Growth

 
     2003

   2002

   2001

   2003
vs
2002


    2002
vs
2001


 

Bank issued deposits:

                                 

Noninterest bearing:

                                 

Commercial

   $ 2,895.5    $ 2,423.9    $ 1,909.3    19.5 %   26.9 %

Personal

     815.9      711.4      606.8    14.7     17.2  

Other

     478.3      373.8      379.0    27.9     (1.3 )
    

  

  

  

 

Total noninterest bearing

     4,189.7      3,509.1      2,895.1    19.4     21.2  

Interest bearing:

                                 

Activity accounts:

                                 

Savings and NOW

     3,148.7      2,352.3      1,775.6    33.9     32.5  

Money market

     6,115.3      5,892.9      5,468.9    3.8     7.8  

Foreign activity

     821.0      751.6      588.6    9.2     27.7  
    

  

  

  

 

Total activity accounts

     10,085.0      8,996.8      7,833.1    12.1     14.9  

Time deposits:

                                 

Other CDs and time

     2,764.7      2,884.7      3,213.9    (4.2 )   (10.2 )

CDs $100,000 and over

     635.1      655.4      761.4    (3.1 )   (13.9 )
    

  

  

  

 

Total time deposits

     3,399.8      3,540.1      3,975.3    (4.0 )   (10.9 )
    

  

  

  

 

Total interest bearing

     13,484.8      12,536.9      11,808.4    7.6     6.2  
    

  

  

  

 

Total bank issued deposits

     17,674.5      16,046.0      14,703.5    10.1     9.1  

Wholesale deposits:

                                 

Money market

     74.6      76.6      262.9    (2.6 )   (70.8 )

Brokered CDs

     2,986.0      1,465.5      1,478.4    103.8     (0.9 )

Foreign time

     1,250.8      1,054.9      745.8    18.6     41.4  
    

  

  

  

 

Total wholesale deposits

     4,311.4      2,597.0      2,487.1    66.0     4.4  
    

  

  

  

 

Total consolidated average deposits

   $ 21,985.9    $ 18,643.0    $ 17,190.6    17.9 %   8.4 %
    

  

  

  

 

 

Average bank issued deposits increased $1.6 billion or 10.1% in 2003 compared with 2002. Approximately $1.4 billion of the average growth was attributable to acquisitions. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, average noninterest bearing deposits increased $0.5 billion and interest bearing activity accounts increased $0.2 billion. Savings and NOW accounts, especially NOW accounts, exhibited the greatest growth in bank issued interest bearing activity deposits in 2003 compared to 2002. This growth was offset in part by a decline in money market deposits compared to the prior year. Excluding acquisitions, average bank issued time deposits declined $0.5 billion. M&I’s markets have continued to experience some unprofitable pricing on single service time deposit relationships to the extent of pricing time deposits above comparable wholesale levels. The Corporation has elected not to pursue such relationships.

 

26


Table of Contents

The growth in bank issued deposits includes both commercial and retail banking and the effect of the lower interest environment. The growth in noninterest and interest-bearing activity accounts and the shift in deposit mix of average bank issued deposits provided a benefit to net interest income and the net interest margin in 2003. Noninterest deposit balances tend to exhibit some seasonality with a trend of balances declining somewhat in the early part of the year followed by growth in balances throughout the remainder of the year. A portion of the noninterest balances is sensitive to the interest rate environment and larger balances tend to be maintained when overall interest rates are low. Management expects these trends to continue and expects lower overall noninterest bearing deposit growth in 2004. In commercial banking, the focus remains on developing deeper relationships through the sale of treasury management products and services along with revised incentive plans focused on growing deposits. The retail banking strategy continues to focus on aggressively selling the right products to meet the needs of customers and enhance the Corporation’s profitability. Specific retail deposit initiatives include bank-at-work, single service calling and retention calling programs, increased advertising and expanding branch locations in markets identified to have high growth potential.

 

Average wholesale deposits increased $1.7 billion which reflects the Corporation’s greater use of wholesale funding alternatives, especially institutional CDs. These deposits are funds in the form of deposits generated through distribution channels other than the Corporation’s own banking branches. These deposits allow the Corporation’s bank subsidiaries to gather funds across a wider geographic base and at pricing levels considered attractive. The underlying depositor may be retail or institutional. Access to and use of these funding sources also provide the Corporation added flexibility not to pursue unprofitable single service time deposit relationships as previously discussed.

 

During 2003, the Corporation issued $80.0 million of Series E medium-term notes with a weighted average interest rate of 4.92% and $99.2 million of MiNotes (which are medium-term notes issued in smaller denominations to attract retail investors) with a weighted average interest rate of 4.82%. New Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances in 2003 amounted to $1.1 billion. Approximately $0.5 billion of the new FHLB advances were fixed rate advances and the remainder were floating rate advances. In December 2003, $1.0 billion of existing senior bank notes (puttable reset securities) were remarketed.

 

The Corporation’s 6.375% subordinated notes in the amount of $100 million matured in the third quarter of 2003. Series D medium-term notes aggregating $13.0 million with a weighted average interest rate of 6.99% matured at various times in 2003.

 

During 2003, the Corporation acquired through open-market purchases $51.6 million of 5.75% Series E notes that were scheduled to mature in 2006. The Corporation also retired the floating rate debentures that were the sole asset of MVBI Capital Trust, which in turn redeemed its floating rate trust preferred securities. In conjunction with this transaction, the receive floating / pay fixed interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge on the forecasted interest payments on the retired subordinated debt was terminated. Also in 2003, the Corporation’s banking segment acquired through open-market purchases $13.2 million of 4.125% senior bank notes that were scheduled to mature in 2007 and $22.3 million of 6.375% subordinated bank notes that were scheduled to mature in 2011. In addition, FHLB fixed rate advances aggregating $33.2 million with a weighted average interest rate of 6.08% and $610.0 million of FHLB floating rate advances were retired. Receive floating / pay fixed interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges on the forecasted interest payments on the retired FHLB floating rate advances were terminated. The aggregate charge associated with these transactions in 2003 amounted to $56.7 million and is reported in other expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

The net interest margin on a fully taxable equivalent basis (“FTE”) as a percent of average earning assets was 3.65% in 2003 compared to 3.96% in 2002, a decrease of 31 basis points.

 

The yield on average earning assets was 5.24% in 2003 compared to 6.10% in 2002, a decrease of 86 basis points. The growth in average earning assets, primarily loans, contributed approximately $245.9 million to interest income while the decline in the yield adversely impacted interest income (FTE) by approximately $283.7 million.

 

The cost of interest bearing liabilities was 1.91% in 2003 compared to 2.55% in 2002, a decrease of 64 basis points. The decrease in the rates paid on interest bearing liabilities contributed approximately $150.6 million of the decrease in interest expense while the increase in volume partially offset the benefit by approximately $62.2 million in 2003 compared to the prior year.

 

27


Table of Contents

While the low absolute level of interest rates and the increased level of prepayments have shortened the expected life of many of the Corporation’s assets, the Corporation has actively managed the re-pricing characteristics of its liabilities so as to minimize the long-term impact on net interest income when interest rates begin to rise. The net interest margin will continue to be influenced by product spreads as well as loan and deposit growth and the general interest rate environment.

 

Net interest income in 2002 amounted to $1,006.3 million compared with net interest income of $842.8 million in 2001, an increase of $163.5 million or 19.4%.

 

Average earning assets in 2002 amounted to $26.3 billion compared to $23.9 billion in 2001, an increase of $2.4 billion or 10.0%. Average loans and leases accounted for all of the growth in earning assets.

 

Average interest bearing liabilities increased $1.8 billion or 9.0% in 2002 compared to 2001. Average interest bearing deposits increased $0.8 billion and average borrowings increased $1.0 billion. Average noninterest bearing deposits increased $0.6 billion or 21.2% compared to the prior year.

 

Average earning assets and average interest bearing liabilities in 2002 and 2001 reflect the impact of the Corporation’s banking acquisitions which were all accounted for as purchases and therefore are included in the Corporation’s financial position and results of operations since the acquisitions were completed. The acquisitions completed in the third quarter of 2001 (the acquisition of National City Bancorporation and twelve branch offices in Arizona) are reflected in the Corporation’s average financial position and results of operations for the full year in 2002. The Richfield State Agency and Century Bancshares acquisitions have been included for ten months in 2002 and the Mississippi Valley acquisition has been included for three months in 2002.

 

Compared to 2001, average loans and leases increased $2.8 billion or 15.5% in 2002. Approximately $1.7 billion of average loan growth was due to the banking acquisitions previously discussed. At the time of the mergers, approximately $2.3 billion of loans were acquired in the 2002 acquisitions and approximately $1.0 billion of loans were acquired in the 2001 acquisitions. Excluding the acquisitions, total average commercial loan growth amounted to $0.6 billion, which was driven by commercial real estate loan and commercial real estate construction loan growth of $0.7 billion. Excluding the effects of acquisitions, average personal loans grew approximately $0.5 billion, which was driven by increases in home equity loans and lines.

 

Generally, the Corporation sells residential real estate loan production in the secondary market, although in 2002 selected loans with wider interest spreads and adjustable rate characteristics were retained in the portfolio and serve as a potential source of liquidity in the future. Residential real estate loans originated and sold to the secondary market amounted to $3.1 billion in 2002 compared to $2.4 billion in 2001. At December 31, 2002, the Corporation had approximately $0.3 billion of mortgage loans held for sale. Auto loans securitized and sold in 2002 amounted to $0.6 billion. Gains from the sale of mortgage loans amounted to $39.7 million in 2002 compared to $31.0 million in 2001. Gains from the sale and securitization of auto loans amounted to $7.2 million in 2002 and $7.9 million in 2001.

 

Average bank issued deposits increased $1.3 billion or 9.1% in 2002 compared with 2001. Approximately $1.7 billion of the growth was attributable to acquisitions. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, average noninterest bearing deposits increased $0.3 billion and interest bearing activity accounts increased $0.4 billion. Savings and NOW accounts, especially NOW accounts, exhibited the greatest growth in bank issued interest bearing activity deposits in 2002 compared to 2001. Average bank issued NOW accounts increased $0.3 billion. Excluding acquisitions, average bank issued time deposits declined $1.0 billion. M&I’s markets experienced some unprofitable pricing on single service time deposit relationships to the extent of pricing time deposits above comparable wholesale levels. The Corporation elected not to pursue such relationships.

 

The growth in noninterest and interest-bearing activity accounts and the shift in deposit mix of average bank issued deposits provided a benefit to the net interest margin in 2002. Both commercial and retail banking contributed to the success experienced in growing bank issued deposits.

 

Average wholesale deposits increased $0.1 billion in 2002 compared to 2001 or 4.4%. Throughout 2002, the Corporation made greater use of wholesale funding alternatives, especially institutional CDs.

 

28


Table of Contents

During 2002, the Corporation’s banking segment issued $550 million of debt under its bank note program consisting of $300 million of senior bank notes and $250 million of subordinated debt. Medium term bank notes in the amount of $200 million matured in 2002. In December 2002, $1.0 billion of existing senior bank notes (puttable reset securities) were remarketed. At December 31, 2002, bank notes amounted to $2.2 billion. In addition, the banking segment increased its borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank in 2002 by obtaining $300 million of floating rate advances. During 2002, the Corporation issued $39.0 million of MiNotes which are medium-term notes issued in smaller denominations to attract retail investors. Approximately $48.5 million of the Corporation’s other series medium-term notes matured in 2002.

 

The net interest margin (FTE) as a percent of average earning assets was 3.96% in 2002 compared to 3.67% in 2001, an increase of 29 basis points. The yield on earning assets decreased 121 basis points while the cost of interest bearing liabilities decreased 174 basis points in 2002 compared to 2001. Growth in lower-cost bank issued deposits and the re-pricing of retail deposits in the declining rate environment experienced in 2002, loan growth and improved loan spreads all contributed to the margin improvement. Offsetting this improvement was the impact of the net cash paid in acquisitions of approximately $153.4 million, cash paid for common stock acquired under the Corporation’s stock repurchase program of $165.1 million, loan premium amortization arising from the accelerated prepayments of loans acquired in acquisitions and the lengthening of liabilities in conjunction with the Corporation’s management of interest rate risk.

 

The yield on average earning assets was 6.10% in 2002 compared to 7.31% in 2001, a decrease of 121 basis points. The growth in average earning assets, primarily loans, contributed approximately $175.3 million to interest income while the decline in the yield adversely impacted interest income (FTE) by approximately $316.1 million.

 

The cost of interest bearing liabilities was 2.55% in 2002 compared to 4.29% in 2001, a decrease of 174 basis points. The decrease in the rates paid on interest bearing liabilities contributed approximately $374.1 million of the decrease in interest expense while the increase in volume offset the benefit by approximately $68.8 million in 2002 compared to the prior year.

 

29


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheets and Analysis of Net Interest Income

 

The Corporation’s consolidated average balance sheets, interest earned and interest paid, and the average interest rates earned and paid for each of the last three years are presented in the following table ($ in thousands):

 

    

2003


   

2002


   

2001


 
     Average
Balance


    Interest
Earned/
Paid


   Average
Yield or
Cost (3)


    Average
Balance


    Interest
Earned/
Paid


   Average
Yield or
Cost (3)


    Average
Balance


    Interest
Earned/
Paid


   Average
Yield or
Cost (3)


 

Loans and leases (1)(2)

   $ 24,392,591     $ 1,306,565    5.36 %   $ 21,028,444     $ 1,299,416    6.18 %   $ 18,201,142     $ 1,361,048    7.48 %

Investment securities:

                                                               

Taxable

     4,038,579       165,075    4.13       3,325,568       198,037    6.11       3,926,737       270,336    7.04  

Tax-exempt (1)

     1,173,466       87,194    7.58       1,224,737       90,539    7.49       1,269,175       91,206    7.28  

Interest bearing deposits in other banks

     27,022       528    1.95       44,420       1,075    2.42       35,535       1,614    4.54  

Funds sold and security resale agreements

     28,692       395    1.38       31,219       623    2.00       52,401       2,529    4.83  

Trading securities (1)

     23,017       266    1.16       15,247       337    2.21       21,284       896    4.21  

Other short-term investments

     208,540       1,636    0.79       641,490       9,470    1.48       415,921       12,669    3.05  
    


 

  

 


 

  

 


 

  

Total interest earning assets

     29,891,907       1,561,659    5.24 %     26,311,125       1,599,497    6.10 %     23,922,195       1,740,298    7.31 %

Cash and demand deposits due from banks

     752,215                    708,256                    651,367               

Premises and equipment, net

     440,492                    418,042                    391,633               

Other assets

     2,531,245                    2,067,891                    1,658,203               

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (347,838 )                  (302,664 )                  (253,089 )             
    


              


              


            

Total assets

   $ 33,268,021                  $ 29,202,650                  $ 26,370,309               
    


              


              


            

Interest bearing deposits:

                                                               

Bank issued deposits:

                                                               

Bank issued interest bearing activity deposits

   $ 10,084,996     $ 75,221    0.75 %   $ 8,996,778     $ 109,483    1.22 %   $ 7,833,126     $ 227,991    2.91 %

Bank issued time deposits

     3,399,734       85,472    2.51       3,540,124       115,072    3.25       3,975,253       214,721    5.40  
    


 

  

 


 

  

 


 

  

Total bank issued deposits

     13,484,730       160,693    1.19       12,536,902       224,555    1.79       11,808,379       442,712    3.75  

Wholesale deposits

     4,311,424       67,523    1.57       2,596,952       58,830    2.27       2,487,129       124,187    4.99  
    


 

  

 


 

  

 


 

  

Total interest bearing deposits

     17,796,154       228,216    1.28       15,133,854       283,385    1.87       14,295,508       566,899    3.97  

Short-term borrowings

     3,138,752       81,070    2.58       4,188,339       150,310    3.59       3,944,160       188,587    4.78  

Long-term borrowings

     3,798,851       163,348    4.30       2,693,447       127,343    4.73       1,962,801       110,842    5.65  
    


 

  

 


 

  

 


 

  

Total interest bearing liabilities

     24,733,757       472,634    1.91 %     22,015,640       561,038    2.55 %     20,202,469       866,328    4.29 %

Noninterest bearing deposits

     4,189,724                    3,509,133                    2,895,083               

Other liabilities

     1,103,886                    911,187                    843,198               

Shareholders’ equity

     3,240,654                    2,766,690                    2,429,559               
    


              


              


            

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 33,268,021                  $ 29,202,650                  $ 26,370,309               
    


              


              


            

Net interest income

           $ 1,089,025                  $ 1,038,459                  $ 873,970       
            

                

                

      

Net yield on interest earning assets

                  3.65 %                  3.96 %                  3.67 %
                   

                

                


Notes:

 

(1) Fully taxable equivalent basis, assuming a Federal income tax rate of 35% for all years presented, and excluding disallowed interest expense.

 

(2) Loans and leases on nonaccrual status have been included in the computation of average balances.

 

(3) Based on average balances excluding fair value adjustments for available for sale securities.

 

30


Table of Contents

Analysis of Changes in Interest Income and Interest Expense

 

The effect on interest income and interest expense due to volume and rate changes in 2003 and 2002 are outlined in the following table. Changes not due solely to either volume or rate are allocated to rate ($ in thousands):

 

     2003 versus 2002

    2002 versus 2001

 
    

Increase (Decrease)

Due to Change in


         

Increase (Decrease)

Due to Change in


       
    

Average

Volume (2)


   

Average

Rate


   

Increase

(Decrease)


   

Average

Volume (2)


   

Average

Rate


   

Increase

(Decrease)


 

Interest on earning assets:

                                                

Loans and leases (1)

   $ 211,202     $ (204,053 )   $ 7,149     $ 214,326     $ (275,958 )   $ (61,632 )

Investment securities:

                                                

Taxable

     45,786       (78,748 )     (32,962 )     (41,845 )     (30,454 )     (72,299 )

Tax-exempt (1)

     (4,386 )     1,041       (3,345 )     (3,215 )     2,548       (667 )

Interest bearing deposits in other banks

     (421 )     (126 )     (547 )     403       (942 )     (539 )

Funds sold and security resale agreements

     (51 )     (177 )     (228 )     (1,023 )     (883 )     (1,906 )

Trading securities (1)

     172       (243 )     (71 )     (254 )     (305 )     (559 )

Other short-term investments

     (6,408 )     (1,426 )     (7,834 )     6,880       (10,079 )     (3,199 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Total interest income change

   $ 245,894     $ (283,732 )   $ (37,838 )   $ 175,272     $ (316,073 )   $ (140,801 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Expense on interest bearing liabilities:

                                                

Interest bearing deposits:

                                                

Bank issued deposits:

                                                

Bank issued interest bearing activity deposits

   $ 13,276     $ (47,538 )   $ (34,262 )   $ 33,862     $ (152,370 )   $ (118,508 )

Bank issued time deposits

     (4,563 )     (25,037 )     (29,600 )     (23,497 )     (76,152 )     (99,649 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Total bank issued deposits

     8,713       (72,575 )     (63,862 )     10,365       (228,522 )     (218,157 )

Wholesale deposits

     38,919       (30,226 )     8,693       5,480       (70,837 )     (65,357 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Total interest bearing deposits

     47,632       (102,801 )     (55,169 )     15,845       (299,359 )     (283,514 )

Short-term borrowings

     (37,680 )     (31,560 )     (69,240 )     11,672       (49,949 )     (38,277 )

Long-term borrowings

     52,286       (16,281 )     36,005       41,281       (24,780 )     16,501  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Total interest expense change

   $ 62,238     $ (150,642 )   $ (88,404 )   $ 68,798     $ (374,088 )   $ (305,290 )
    


 


 


 


 


 



Notes:

 

(1) Fully taxable equivalent basis, assuming a Federal income tax rate of 35% for all years presented, and excluding disallowed interest expense.
(2) Based on average balances excluding fair value adjustments for available for sale securities.

 

31


Table of Contents

Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience and Credit Quality

 

The following tables present comparative credit quality information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2003, as well as selected comparative years:

 

Consolidated Credit Quality Information

December 31, ($000’s)

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

 

Nonperforming Assets by Type

                                        

Loans and Leases:

                                        

Nonaccrual

   $ 166,387     $ 188,232     $ 166,434     $ 121,425     $ 106,387  

Renegotiated

     278       326       378       614       708  

Past Due 90 Days or More

     6,111       5,934       6,982       7,371       9,975  
    


 


 


 


 


Total Nonperforming Loans and Leases

     172,776       194,492       173,794       129,410       117,070  

Other Real Estate Owned

     13,235       8,692       6,796       3,797       6,230  
    


 


 


 


 


Total Nonperforming Assets

   $ 186,011     $ 203,184     $ 180,590     $ 133,207     $ 123,300  
    


 


 


 


 


Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

   $ 349,561     $ 338,409     $ 268,198     $ 235,115     $ 225,862  
    


 


 


 


 


Consolidated Statistics

                                        

Net Charge-offs to Average Loans and Leases

     0.21 %     0.21 %     0.22 %     0.12 %     0.17 %

Total Nonperforming Loans and Leases To Total Loans and Leases

     0.69       0.81       0.90       0.74       0.72  

Total Nonperforming Assets To Total Loans And Leases and Other Real Estate Owned

     0.74       0.85       0.94       0.76       0.75  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses To Total Loans and Leases

     1.39       1.42       1.39       1.34       1.38  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses To Nonperforming Loans and Leases

     202       174       154       182       193  

 

Major Categories of Nonaccrual Loans and Leases ($000’s)

 

     December 31, 2003

    December 31, 2002

 
     Nonaccrual

  

% of

Loan

Type


   

% of

Nonaccrual


    Nonaccrual

  

% of

Loan

Type


   

% of

Nonaccrual


 

Commercial and Lease Financing

   $ 69,404    0.9 %   41.7 %   $ 84,252    1.1 %   44.8 %

Real Estate

                                      

Construction and Land Development

     800    0.1     0.5       145    0.0     0.1  

Commercial Real Estate

     42,857    0.6     25.8       46,179    0.7     24.5  

Residential Real Estate

     52,098    0.7     31.3       56,166    0.8     29.8  
    

  

 

 

  

 

Total Real Estate

     95,755    0.6     57.6       102,490    0.7     54.4  

Personal

     1,228    0.1     0.7       1,490    0.1     0.8  
    

  

 

 

  

 

Total

   $ 166,387    0.7 %   100.0 %   $ 188,232    0.8 %   100.0 %
    

  

 

 

  

 

 

32


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Consolidated Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses ($000’s)

 

     2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

    1999

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses at Beginning of Year

   $ 338,409    $ 268,198    $ 235,115    $ 225,862     $ 226,052

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     62,993      74,416      54,115      30,352       25,419

Allowance of Banks and Loans Acquired

     —        39,813      19,151      1,270       —  

Allowance Transfer for Loan Securitizations

     —        —        —        (1,022 )     —  

Loans and Leases Charged-off:

                                   

Commercial

     17,689      23,003      22,773      10,623       17,275

Real Estate—Construction

     57      94      186      4       157

Real Estate—Mortgage

     15,192      10,681      11,795      9,848       5,719

Personal

     12,100      12,265      10,965      8,216       7,121

Leases

     24,625      9,246      2,890      1,327       2,285
    

  

  

  


 

Total Charge-offs

     69,663      55,289      48,609      30,018       32,557

Recoveries on Loans and Leases:

                                   

Commercial

     8,736      3,819      4,135      4,696       2,696

Real Estate—Construction

     88      96      43      57       6

Real Estate—Mortgage

     4,278      2,462      1,419      1,458       1,413

Personal

     3,058      3,053      2,567      2,199       2,244

Leases

     1,662      1,841      262      261       589
    

  

  

  


 

Total Recoveries

     17,822      11,271      8,426      8,671       6,948
    

  

  

  


 

Net Loans and Leases Charged-off

     51,841      44,018      40,183      21,347       25,609
    

  

  

  


 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses at End of Year

   $ 349,561    $ 338,409    $ 268,198    $ 235,115     $ 225,862
    

  

  

  


 

 

Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans and leases and other real estate owned (“OREO”). The amount of nonperforming assets is affected by acquisitions accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The assets and liabilities, including the nonperforming assets, of the acquired entity are included in the Corporation’s consolidated balance sheets from the date the business combination is completed, which impacts period-to-period comparisons.

 

OREO is principally comprised of commercial and residential properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of problem loans and amounted to $13.2 million, $8.7 million and $6.8 million at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

Nonperforming loans and leases consist of nonaccrual, renegotiated or restructured loans, and loans and leases that are delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing interest. The balance of nonperforming loans and leases are affected by acquisitions and may be subject to fluctuation based on the timing of cash collections, renegotiations and renewals.

 

Generally, loans that are 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal are placed on nonaccrual. Exceptions to these rules are generally only for loans fully collateralized by readily marketable securities or other relatively risk free collateral. In addition, a loan may be placed on nonaccrual when management makes a determination that the facts and circumstances warrant such classification irrespective of the current payment status.

 

Maintaining nonperforming assets at an acceptable level is important to the ongoing success of a financial services institution. The Corporation’s comprehensive credit review and approval process is critical to ensuring that the amount of nonperforming assets on a long-term basis is minimized within the overall framework of acceptable levels of credit risk. In addition to the negative impact on net interest income and credit losses, nonperforming assets also increase operating costs due to the expense associated with collection efforts.

 

At December 31, 2003, nonperforming loans and leases amounted to $172.8 million or 0.69% of consolidated loans and leases compared to $194.5 million or 0.81% at December 31, 2002 and $173.8 million or 0.90% at December 31, 2001. Nonaccrual loans decreased $21.8 million or 11.6% at year-end 2003 compared to

 

33


Table of Contents

year-end 2002. Approximately $14.1 million of the decline in nonperforming loans at December 31, 2003 compared to December 31, 2002 was attributable to the change in nonperforming loans associated with the 2002 and 2001 banking acquisitions. Nonaccrual loans increased $17.1 million at March 31, 2003 compared to December 31, 2002 but then declined at each quarter-end throughout the year. Since March 31, 2003, nonaccrual loans have declined $39.0 million. The net decrease was primarily due to reductions and positive resolutions in several portfolio segments and across most loan types, except for the commercial leasing portfolio which was adversely affected by one larger lease placed on nonaccrual in the fourth quarter of 2003.

 

Delinquency can be an indicator of potential problem loans. At December 31, 2003, loans past due 60-89 days and still accruing interest amounted to $41.9 million or 0.17% of total loans and leases outstanding compared to $89.7 million or 0.38% of total loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2002.

 

In addition to its nonperforming loans and leases, the Corporation has loans and leases for which payments are presently current; however, management believes such loans could possibly be classified as nonperforming in the near future. These loans are subject to constant management attention and their classification is reviewed on an ongoing basis. At December 31, 2003, such loans amounted to $72.8 million compared to $58.2 million at December 31, 2002.

 

Net charge-offs amounted to $51.8 million or 0.21% of average loans and leases in 2003 compared with $44.0 million or 0.21% of average loans and leases in 2002 and $40.2 million or 0.22% of average loans and leases in 2001. Included in net charge-offs for 2003 was a $19.0 million charge-off related to the carrying value of lease obligations for airplanes leased to Midwest Airlines, Inc. that occurred in the first quarter.

 

At the present time, there is no specific industry that is of immediate concern and in general the Corporation’s borrowing customers appear to be successfully managing their businesses through the slower economic conditions. While there appear to be some signs of improvement in the economy and the Corporation’s customer base is beginning to see some signs of increased business activity, the customers remain cautious of there being any substantive increase in revenues until later in 2004. As a result, the recession’s lagging impact will probably continue to affect the operating performance of M&I’s customers in the near term. The Corporation also believes that the long-term impact of the recent recession may still provide some unanticipated results within the loan and lease portfolio. However, given the general improvement in various segments of the loan portfolio, management anticipates that nonperforming loans and leases as a percent of total loans and leases will be in the 70-85 basis point range in the near term. During the past three-year period, net charge-offs have remained in a narrow range of approximately 20 basis points which is somewhat higher than historical levels. The Corporation anticipates net charge-offs in 2004 will be in the 15-20 basis point range.

 

Charge-offs for 2004 will continue to be affected by the factors previously discussed. The Corporation estimates net charge-offs in 2004 will range between $17 million and $22 million for commercial loans, $15 million and $19 million for real estate loans, $7 million and $9 million for personal loans and $2 million and $3 million for lease financing receivables. Negative economic events, an adverse development in industry segments within the portfolio or deterioration of a large loan or loans could have significant adverse impacts on the actual loss levels. At the present time, there are no other known specific issues, industries of concern or material loans believed to be in imminent danger of deteriorating or defaulting which would give rise to a large near-term charge-off.

 

Other Income

 

Total other income amounted to $1,215.8 million in 2003 compared to $1,082.7 million in 2002, an increase of $133.1 million or 12.3%. All sources of other income increased in 2003 compared to 2002. The growth reflects a full year’s results from the 2002 acquisitions, growth in data processing services and trust services revenues, increases in loan prepayment fees and mortgage banking income due to the low interest rate environment and investment securities gains realized primarily by the Corporation’s Capital Markets Group.

 

In previous filings, the Corporation had disclosed revenue from data processing services in two components, e-Finance Solutions and Financial Technology Solutions. Management has determined that the previous reporting structure no longer represents how that segment’s performance is assessed or how its products are marketed. Since that reporting format was developed, Metavante’s sales strategy has migrated to selling its products and services across the customer base as a suite of products and services with less emphasis on individual products. As a result, management assesses performance based on the overall profitability of the segment.

 

34


Table of Contents

Total data processing services revenue amounted to $657.8 million in 2003 compared to $601.5 million in 2002, an increase of $56.3 million or 9.4%. Approximately $12.2 million of the increase was due to acquisitions. The remaining increase was attributable to revenue growth from several significant customer conversions to the core financial account processing systems during the second half of 2003. Electronic funds revenue growth was also derived from these conversions along with volume growth from the existing customers and other new customers. Additional revenue growth resulted from increased consumer payment volume from new large financial institution customers and increased adoption of electronic bill presentment and payment in the existing customer base. Total buyout revenue, which varies from period to period, amounted to $6.9 million in 2003 compared to $11.9 million in 2002.

 

Item processing revenue increased $3.7 million or 9.6% in 2003 compared to 2002. The revenue increase was due to increased volumes of payment services from existing customers and new customers.

 

Fees from trust services were $126.8 million in 2003 compared to $120.6 million in 2002, an increase of $6.2 million or 5.1%. Revenue growth in 2003 compared to 2002 was driven by commercial trust, which increased 7.5%, and to a lesser extent increased fees from outsourcing services and securities lending. Assets under management were $15.7 billion at December 31, 2003 compared to $12.9 billion at December 31, 2002, an increase of $2.8 billion or 22.0%. Money transferred in from the acquisition and other commercial customers as well as market appreciation contributed to the increase in assets under management. Sales activity and account retention was positive in 2003. Recent positive equity performance has resulted in some shift of funds into equities which represents approximately 35% of assets under management. After five consecutive quarters of revenue growth, management believes this business is well positioned as the equity markets stabilize.

 

Total mortgage banking revenue was $70.3 million in 2003 compared with $55.2 million in 2002, an increase of $15.1 million. Gains from sales of mortgages to the secondary market and mortgage related fees accounted for the increase. During 2003, the Corporation sold $3.5 billion of loans to the secondary market. Retained interests in the form of mortgage servicing rights amounted to $2.1 million. During 2002, the Corporation sold $3.1 billion of loans to the secondary market. Retained interests in the form of mortgage servicing rights amounted to $3.2 million. As previously discussed, management does not expect the strong volume of activity in mortgage production experienced in 2002 and the first three quarters of 2003 to continue in 2004.

 

Net investment securities gains amounted to $21.6 million in 2003 compared to net investment securities losses of $6.3 million in 2002. During 2003, gains recognized by the Corporation’s Capital Markets Group amounted to $20.0 million. Approximately $16.2 million of the gain was from the sale of an investment in the third quarter of 2003. Net losses associated with investments held by the Corporation’s Capital Markets Group amounted to $4.7 million in 2002. During 2003, the Corporation’s banking segment sold $48.0 million of available for sale investment securities and recognized a gain of approximately $4.2 million. Impairment losses associated with retained interests held in the form of interest-only strips associated with its auto securitization activities amounted to $4.1 million and $1.5 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively. See Note 9 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the Corporation’s securitization activities.

 

Other noninterest income amounted to $163.5 million in 2003 compared to $142.0 million in 2002, an increase of $21.5 million or 15.2%. Approximately $2.5 million of the increase was attributable to the 2002 banking acquisitions. Loan fees, which include prepayment charges, and other commissions and fees, excluding the 2002 banking acquisitions, increased $20.3 million. Auto securitization income decreased $2.6 million in 2003 compared to 2002. The decline was primarily due to lower gains from the sale of auto loans which was offset by increased servicing income. Auto loans securitized in 2003 amounted to $0.8 billion compared to $0.6 billion in 2002. During 2003, the Corporation sold six branches and recognized $5.0 million in gains. Gains from the sale of other real estate increased $2.8 million in 2003 compared to 2002. The increase was primarily due to the sale of one large property in the first quarter of 2003. Trading income in 2003, excluding the 2002 banking acquisitions, decreased $5.3 million compared to the prior year and was primarily due to lower income from fair value adjustments on free standing derivative instruments associated with auto loans sold to the multi-seller revolving conduit. Beginning in the second half of 2002 and throughout 2003, the Corporation had employed freestanding interest rate futures to economically hedge the market value volatility from the auto-related derivative instrument due to changes in interest rates.

 

35


Table of Contents

Total other income amounted to $1,082.7 million in 2002 compared to $1,001.3 million in 2001, an increase of $81.4 million or 8.1%.

 

Total data processing services revenue amounted to $601.5 million in 2002 compared to $559.8 million in 2001, an increase of $41.7 million or 7.4%. Approximately $30.0 million of the increase was due to acquisitions. The remaining revenue growth was due to general new business across the entire segment. The traditional outsourcing business continued to experience the effects of bank consolidations in 2002 although to a lesser degree than the effects experienced in 2001. The total buyout revenue, which varies from period to period, amounted to $11.9 million in 2002 compared to $13.0 million in 2001.

 

Item processing revenue decreased $8.6 million during 2002. During the latter part of 2001, certain item processing relationships and four Midwest item processing centers were sold.

 

Fees from trust services of $120.6 million in 2002 were relatively unchanged compared to $120.8 million in 2001. Trust revenues have continued to remain flat throughout the year despite the positive impact of acquisitions and sales efforts. Trust revenue was negatively impacted by the volatile equity markets and continued movement of funds from high fee equity funds to lower fee fixed income and money market funds. Assets under management were approximately $12.9 billion at both December 31, 2002 and 2001 in spite of the poor performance of both the S&P 500 and NASDAQ in 2002.

 

Service charges on deposits increased $14.8 million or 17.2% and amounted to $100.8 million in 2002 compared to $86.0 million in 2001. Service charges on commercial demand accounts were the primary driver of the increase and reflect the Corporation’s focus on deposit growth, the impact of acquisitions and the lower interest rate environment.

 

Total mortgage banking revenue was $55.2 million in 2002 compared with $46.2 million in 2001, an increase of $9.0 million. Gains from sales of mortgages to the secondary market and mortgage related fees accounted for the increase. During 2002, the Corporation sold $3.1 billion of loans to the secondary market. Retained interests in the form of mortgage servicing rights amounted to $3.2 million. During 2001, the Corporation sold $2.4 billion of loans to the secondary market. Retained interests in the form of mortgage servicing rights amounted to $2.8 million.

 

Net investment securities losses amounted to $6.3 million in 2002 compared to $6.8 million in 2001. Net losses associated with investments held by the Corporation’s Capital Markets Group amounted to $4.7 million in 2002. During 2002, the Corporation’s banking segment recorded an other than temporary impairment loss of $1.5 million associated with retained interests held in the form of an interest-only strip related to its auto securitization activities. Net gains associated with investments held by the Corporation’s Capital Markets Group amounted to $10.4 million in 2001. During 2001, Metavante wrote-off three equity investments with a carrying value of approximately $16.1 million. One investment employed technology that was replaced through Metavante’s acquisition of Derivion and Cyberbills. The other investments were in the mortgage origination and Internet lending businesses which Metavante chose to exit. In each case, Metavante discontinued its participation in the funding of these businesses. Sustained and continuing operating losses and negative working capital positions resulted in the determination that these three investments were permanently impaired. Net securities losses in 2001 by the Banking segment amounted to $1.1 million.

 

Other noninterest income amounted to $142.0 million in 2002 compared to $120.5 million in 2001, an increase of $21.5 million or 17.8%. Increased fee income associated with acquisitions accounted for approximately $8.9 million of the increase and revenue associated with the monthly securitization of auto loans accounted for another $6.3 million of the increase. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, card related fee income (credit, debit and ATM) increased $4.6 million and letters of credit fees increased $1.6 million.

 

36


Table of Contents

Other Expense

 

Total other expense amounted to $1,451.7 million in 2003, an increase of $155.7 million or 12.0% from $1,296.0 million in 2002.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, Metavante incurred integration costs associated with the July 29, 2002 acquisition of Paytrust. Such costs were the result of operating duplicate platforms, which include duplicate facilities, personnel and processing costs, and continued through the first quarter of 2003. Total integration costs included in other expense amounted to $7.1 million in 2002 and $2.5 million in 2003.

 

The acquisitions by both the banking segment and Metavante had an impact on the year-to-year comparability of operating expenses in 2003 compared to 2002. Approximately $26.6 million or 17.1% of the 2003 versus 2002 operating expense growth was attributable to the acquisitions. As all acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, the operating expenses of the acquired entities are included in the consolidated operating expenses from the dates the acquisitions were completed. Operating expenses associated with acquisitions completed in 2002 are reflected for the full year in 2003 as opposed to a partial year in 2002. Acquisitions completed in 2003 directly affect the current year but have no impact on the prior year.

 

Expense control is sometimes measured in the financial services industry by the efficiency ratio statistic. The efficiency ratio is calculated by taking total other expense divided by the sum of total other income (excluding securities gains and losses) and net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis. The Corporation’s efficiency ratios for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 were:

 

Efficiency Ratios


   2003

    2002

    2001

 

Consolidated Corporation

   63.0 %   61.0 %   68.1 %

Consolidated Corporation Excluding Metavante

   52.4     50.1     56.2  

 

Salaries and employee benefits expense amounted to $797.5 million in 2003 compared to $745.5 million in 2002. The impact of the Paytrust transition costs to salaries and employee benefits expense amounted to $2.7 million in 2003 and $4.1 million in 2002. Salaries and benefits related to the banking and Metavante acquisitions contributed approximately $10.8 million to the expense growth. In 2003, the Corporation restructured certain split dollar life insurance benefits due to a change in tax laws. The total net charge from this restructuring was $6.3 million of which $8.4 million was recorded in salaries and benefits. Variable incentive compensation and commissions increased approximately $27.2 million or 40.1% in 2003 compared to 2002.

 

Net occupancy and equipment expense amounted to $179.0 million in 2003 compared to $191.5 million in 2002. The impact of the Paytrust transition costs to net occupancy and equipment expense amounted to $0.8 million in 2003 and $2.2 million in 2002. During 2003, Metavante reversed $6.1 million of accrued lease termination costs as a result of a decision to keep a facility operational that previously had been identified for closure.

 

Processing charges amounted to $48.3 million in 2003 compared to $39.3 million in 2002, an increase of $9.0 million or 22.8%. Processing charges related to the banking and Metavante acquisitions contributed approximately $1.1 million to the expense growth. Third-party charges associated with the item processing business and wholesale loan activity accounted for $6.2 million of the year over year increase.

 

Supplies and printing expense, professional services expense and shipping and handling expense amounted to $118.3 million in 2003 compared to $104.3 million in 2002, an increase of $14.0 million or 13.5%. The acquisitions contributed approximately $0.8 million to the growth in these expenses. The remainder of the increase is primarily due to the additional costs associated with the increased volume of mortgage loan production in 2003 and Metavante’s increase in these expenses.

 

Amortization of intangibles amounted to $23.8 million in 2003 compared to $25.1 million in 2002. Accelerated amortization and valuation reserves associated with mortgage servicing rights declined $2.4 million. At December 31, 2003, the carrying value of mortgage servicing rights amounted to $5.1 million. Goodwill is subject to periodic tests for impairment. The Corporation has elected to perform its annual test for impairment during the second quarter. Accordingly, the Corporation updated the analysis to June 30, 2003 and concluded that there continues to be no impairment with respect to goodwill at any reporting unit. At December 31, 2003, none of the Corporation’s other intangible assets were determined to have indefinite lives.

 

37


Table of Contents

Other noninterest expenses amounted to $240.1 million in 2003 compared to $146.1 million in the prior year, an increase of $94.0 million. Acquisitions contributed approximately $5.9 million to the growth in other expense. As previously discussed, during 2003 the Corporation prepaid and retired certain higher cost long-term debt and terminated some related receive floating / pay fixed interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges. The total debt retired amounted to $744.6 million and the charge to earnings amounted to $56.7 million. Increases in the costs of business related insurance coverage, increased costs associated with Metavante’s card solutions and equipment sales and increased costs associated with mortgage loan production added approximately $15.9 million to the expense growth in 2003 compared to 2002. During 2003, an insurance related credit associated with restructuring certain split dollar life insurance policies due to a change in tax laws amounted to $2.1 million. In 2002, the Corporation’s commercial leasing subsidiary recorded a residual impairment loss of $6.8 million that is included in other expense. Litigation, environmental clean-up and other losses recorded in 2002 offset the comparable year over year expense growth.

 

Other expense is affected by the capitalization of costs, net of amortization, associated with software development and data processing conversions. A lower amount of capitalized software development costs and capitalized conversion costs net of their respective amortization resulted in an increase in other noninterest expense and accounted for approximately $9.3 million of the total increase in other operating expense in 2003 compared to 2002. As a result of a change in product strategies, Metavante determined that certain purchased and internally developed software will no longer be used and such software was written off in 2003. Total capitalized software costs written off as a result of these decisions, amounted to $22.8 million and is included in other noninterest expense in 2003.

 

Total other expense amounted to $1,296.0 million in 2002 compared to $1,288.9 million in 2001, an increase of $7.1 million. As previously discussed, the Corporation incurred certain charges and expenses resulting from transactions and events that management considered to have a direct affect on the year-to-year comparability of operating results for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. These transactions as previously presented and discussed generally have their greatest impact on the Corporation’s operating expenses and impact the individual line items in the Consolidated Statements of Income to varying degrees of magnitude.

 

The following table depicts how these transactions, in the aggregate, affect the individual line items of expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the periods presented. It is intended that this table, together with the information that was previously presented and discussed, provide users of the Corporation’s financial information with an understanding of how these transactions and events affected the Corporation’s reported operating expenses.

 

    Operating Expenses Year Ended December 31, ($ millions)

 
    2002

  2001

     
   

Operating

Expenses

As

Reported


 

Paytrust

Integration

Costs


 

Operating

Expenses

Excluding

Paytrust

Integration

Costs


 

Operating

Expenses

As

Reported


 

Certain

Trans-

actions

Previously

Discussed


 

Operating

Expenses

Excluding

Trans-

actions

Previously
Discussed


 

2002 vs 2001

Operating

Expenses

Excluding

Paytrust and

Transactions

Previously

Discussed


 
              Amount

    Pct

 

Other Expense:

                                                 

Salaries and employee benefits

  $ 745.5   $ 4.1   $ 741.4   $ 695.4   $ 16.9   $ 678.5   $ 62.9     9.3 %

Net occupancy

    74.7     1.7     73.0     71.3     7.5     63.8     9.2     14.4  

Equipment

    116.8     0.5     116.3     118.2     1.5     116.7     (0.4 )   (0.3 )

Software expenses

    44.2     0.1     44.1     39.8     —       39.8     4.3     10.8  

Processing charges

    39.3     —       39.3     40.1     2.1     38.0     1.3     3.4  

Supplies and printing

    20.1     —       20.1     21.3     0.7     20.6     (0.5 )   (2.4 )

Professional services

    38.5     0.3     38.2     34.2     3.4     30.8     7.4     24.0  

Shipping and handling

    45.7     —       45.7     44.8     0.2     44.6     1.1     2.5  

Amortization of intangibles

    25.1     —       25.1     36.9     18.8     18.1     7.0     38.7  

Other

    146.1     0.4     145.7     186.9     59.4     127.5     18.2     14.3  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Total Other Expense

  $ 1,296.0   $ 7.1   $ 1,288.9   $ 1,288.9   $ 110.5   $ 1,178.4   $ 110.5     9.4 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

38


Table of Contents

The acquisitions by both the banking segment and Metavante have also had a significant impact on the year-to-year comparability of operating expenses in 2002 compared to 2001. Approximately $81.4 million or 73.7% of the 2002 versus 2001 operating expense growth, excluding the items previously discussed, was attributable to the acquisitions. As all acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, the operating expenses of the acquired entities are included in the consolidated operating expenses from the dates the acquisitions were completed. Operating expenses associated with acquisitions completed in 2001 are reflected for the full year in 2002 as opposed to a partial year in 2001. Acquisitions completed in 2002 directly affect the current year but have no impact on the prior year. Excluding the items previously discussed and the impact of acquisitions, other expense increased approximately 2.5%.

 

Salaries and employee benefits expense amounted to $745.5 million compared to $695.4 million in 2001. The impact of the items previously discussed to salaries and employee benefits expense amounted to $4.1 million in 2002 and $16.9 million in 2001. Excluding those items, salaries and benefits expense increased $62.9 million or 9.3% in 2002 compared to 2001. Salaries and benefits related to the banking and Metavante acquisitions contributed approximately $51.7 million to the expense growth.

 

Net occupancy and equipment expense amounted to $191.5 million in 2002 compared to $189.5 million in 2001. The impact of the items previously discussed to net occupancy and equipment expense amounted to $2.2 million in 2002 and $9.0 million in 2001. The remaining increase to net occupancy and equipment expense amounted to $8.8 million, of which approximately $12.0 million was attributable to acquisitions.

 

Software expenses increased $4.4 million or 11.1% and amounted to $44.2 million in 2002 compared to $39.8 million in 2001. Metavante’s acquisitions and an increase in invested technology were the primary drivers of software expense growth.

 

Processing charges, supplies and printing expense, professional services expense and shipping and handling expense amounted to $143.6 million in 2002 compared to $140.3 million in 2001, an increase of $3.3 million. The impact of the items previously discussed to these expenses amounted to $0.3 million in 2002 and $6.4 million in 2001. Excluding those items, these expenses increased $9.3 million or 6.9% in 2002 compared to 2001. The acquisitions contributed approximately $3.8 million to the growth in these expenses. Core expense growth for these items was approximately $5.6 million or 4.1% in 2002 compared to the prior year and reflects in part the additional costs associated with the increased volume of mortgage loan production in 2002.

 

Amortization of intangibles amounted to $25.1 million in 2002 compared to $36.9 million in 2001. Effective January 1, 2002, the Corporation adopted the new accounting standard for accounting for goodwill and other intangibles. As a result, goodwill amortization was discontinued in 2002 and is now subject to periodic tests for impairment. During the second quarter of 2002, the Corporation completed the first step of the transitional goodwill impairment test on its five identified reporting units based on amounts as of January 1, 2002. With the assistance of a nationally recognized independent appraisal firm, the Corporation concluded that there were no impairment losses for goodwill due to the initial application of the new accounting standard. The Corporation has elected to perform its annual test for impairment during the second quarter. Accordingly, the Corporation updated the analysis to June 30, 2002 and concluded that there was no impairment with respect to goodwill at any reporting unit. At December 31, 2002, none of the Corporation’s other intangible assets were determined to have indefinite lives.

 

Goodwill amortization amounted to $19.8 million in 2001. Excluding the effect of goodwill amortization in 2001, amortization of intangibles increased $8.0 million. Amortization of loan servicing rights, especially mortgage servicing rights which are sensitive to the increased prepayment and refinancing activity experienced during 2002, accounted for $0.8 million of the increase. The remainder, primarily core deposit premium amortization, was attributable to acquisitions.

 

Other expenses amounted to $146.1 million in 2002 compared to $186.9 million in the prior year, a decrease of $40.8 million. The impact of the items previously discussed to other expense amounted to $0.4 million in 2002 and $59.4 million in 2001. Excluding those items, other expense increased $18.2 million or 14.3% in 2002 compared to 2001. Acquisitions contributed approximately $9.3 million to the growth in other expense during 2002.

 

39


Table of Contents

In connection with the ongoing periodic assessment of the carrying value assigned to residual values with emphasis placed on industries experiencing financial difficulties, the Corporation determined that certain residual values associated with its commercial lease portfolio were impaired. In 2002, the Corporation’s commercial leasing subsidiary recorded a residual impairment loss of $6.8 million that is included in other expense.

 

Other expense is affected by the capitalization of costs, net of amortization, associated with software development and data processing conversions. A lower amount of capitalized software development costs and capitalized conversion costs net of their respective amortization resulted in an increase in other operating expense and accounted for approximately $2.9 million of the total increase in other operating expense during 2002, excluding the items previously discussed.

 

Income Tax Provision

 

The provision for income taxes was $214.3 million in 2003, $238.3 million in 2002, and $163.1 million in 2001. The effective tax rate in 2003 was 28.3% compared to 33.2% in 2002 and 32.6% in 2001.

 

In the normal course of business, the Corporation and its affiliates are routinely subject to examinations from Federal and state tax authorities. During 2003, several income tax audits covering multiple tax jurisdictions were resolved which positively affected the banking segment by approximately $28.6 million and Metavante by $10.7 million and resulted in a lower provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2003. Excluding the impact of the income tax audits, the pro forma effective income tax rate for year ended December 31, 2003 would have been 33.4%.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Shareholders’ equity was $3.33 billion or 9.7% of total consolidated assets at December 31, 2003, compared to $3.04 billion or 9.2% of total consolidated assets at December 31, 2002. The increase at December 31, 2003 was primarily due to earnings net of dividends paid, an increase in accumulated other comprehensive income offset by common stock repurchases. The change in accumulated other comprehensive income increased shareholders’ equity $47.1 million since December 31, 2002. The net unrealized gain associated with available for sale investment securities declined $15.8 million since December 31, 2002 while the unrealized loss associated with the change in fair value of the Corporation’s derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges declined $62.9 million since December 31, 2002, resulting in the net increase in shareholders’ equity. The change in fair value of the Corporation’s derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges since December 31, 2002 reflects in part the termination of certain interest rate swaps associated with the debt retirement in the third quarter of 2003 and the redemption of the subordinated debentures in the second quarter of 2003.

 

The Corporation has a Stock Repurchase Program under which up to 12 million shares can be repurchased annually. During 2003, 6.0 million common shares were acquired at an aggregate cost of $210.9 million or $35.33 per common share. During 2002 and 2001, the Corporation repurchased 5.1 million and 9.4 million shares (post-split) at an aggregate cost of $159.3 million and $273.3 million, respectively.

 

The Corporation and its affiliates continue to have a strong capital base and the Corporation’s regulatory capital ratios continue to be significantly above the defined minimum regulatory ratios. See Note 15 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Corporation’s comparative capital ratios and the capital ratios of its significant subsidiaries.

 

Federal and state banking laws place certain restrictions on the amount of dividends and loans which a bank may make to its parent company. Such restrictions have not had, and are not expected to have, any material effect on the Corporation’s ability to meet its cash obligations.

 

M&I manages its liquidity to ensure that funds are available to each of its banks to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers and to ensure the Corporation’s own cash requirements are met. M&I maintains liquidity by obtaining funds from several sources.

 

The Corporation’s most readily available source of liquidity is its investment portfolio. Investment securities available for sale, which totaled $4.8 billion at December 31, 2003, represent a highly accessible source of liquidity. The Corporation’s portfolio of held-to-maturity investment securities, which totaled $0.8 billion at

 

40


Table of Contents

December 31, 2003, provides liquidity from maturities and interest payments. The Corporation’s mortgage loans held for sale provide additional liquidity. These loans represent recently funded home mortgage loans that are prepared for delivery to investors, which generally occurs within thirty to ninety days after the loan has been funded.

 

Depositors within M&I’s defined markets are another source of liquidity. Core deposits (demand, savings, money market and consumer time deposits) averaged $16.2 billion in 2003. The Corporation’s banking affiliates may also access the federal funds markets or utilize collateralized borrowings such as treasury demand notes or Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances.

 

The banking affiliates may use wholesale deposits, which include foreign (Eurodollar) deposits. Wholesale deposits, which averaged $4.3 billion in 2003, are funds in the form of deposits generated through distribution channels other than the Corporation’s own banking branches. These deposits allow the Corporation’s banking affiliates to gather funds across a national geographic base and at pricing levels considered attractive, where the underlying depositor may be retail or institutional. Access to wholesale deposits also provides the Corporation with the flexibility to not pursue single service time deposit relationships in markets that have experienced some unprofitable pricing levels.

 

The Corporation utilizes certain financing arrangements to meet its balance sheet management, funding, liquidity, and market or credit risk management needs. The majority of these activities are basic term or revolving securitization vehicles. These vehicles are generally funded through term-amortizing debt structures or with short-term commercial paper designed to be paid off based on the underlying cash flows of the assets securitized. These facilities provide access to funding sources substantially separate from the general credit risk of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

 

The Corporation’s lead bank (“Bank”) has implemented a bank note program which permits it to issue up to $7.0 billion of short-term and medium-term notes which are offered and sold only to institutional investors. This program is intended to enhance liquidity by enabling the Bank to sell its debt instruments in private markets in the future without the delays which would otherwise be incurred. As shown and discussed in Note 14 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, longer-term bank notes outstanding at December 31, 2003, amounted to $2.2 billion of which $0.6 billion is subordinated and qualifies as supplementary capital for regulatory capital purposes.

 

The national capital markets represent a further source of liquidity for M&I. M&I has filed a shelf registration statement which is intended to permit M&I to raise funds through sales of corporate debt securities with a relatively short lead time. Under the shelf registration statement, the Corporation may issue up to $0.5 billion of medium-term Series E notes with maturities ranging from 9 months to 30 years and at fixed or floating rates. At December 31, 2003, Series E notes issued amounted to $0.3 billion. The Corporation may issue up to $0.5 billion of medium-term MiNotes with maturities ranging from 9 months to 30 years and at fixed or floating rates. The MiNotes are issued in smaller denominations to attract retail investors. At December 31, 2003, MiNotes issued amounted to $0.1 billion. The shelf registration statement also permits the issuance of up to $0.5 billion of other debt securities. Additionally, the Corporation has a commercial paper program. At December 31, 2003, commercial paper outstanding amounted to $0.3 billion.

 

41


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table summarizes the Corporation’s more significant contractual obligations at December 31, 2003.

 

Contractual Obligations


  

Note

Ref


    Payments Due by Period ($ in millions)

     Total

  

Less than

One Year


  

One to

Three Years


  

Three to

Five Years


  

More than

Five Years


Certificate of Deposit and Other Time Deposit Obligations

   (a )   $ 8,253.1    $ 5,406.6    $ 2,135.5    $ 711.0    $ —  

Short-term Debt Obligations

   (b )     3,622.0      3,622.0      —        —        —  

Long-term Debt Obligations

   (c )     4,039.4      1,308.2      974.3      638.8      1,118.1

Capital Lease Obligations

           6.3      2.8      3.5      —        —  

Minimum Operating Lease Obligations

           106.9      32.7      47.3      26.9      —  

Obligations to Purchase Foreign Currencies

   (d )     862.2      837.7      24.5      —        —  

Purchase Obligations - Facilities (Additions, Repairs and Maintenance)

           14.6      12.3      2.2      0.1      —  

Purchase Obligations - Technology

           67.8      44.9      21.9      1.0      —  

Purchase Obligations - Other

           6.4      4.3      2.1      —        —  

Other Obligations:

                                        

Unfunded Investment Obligations

   (e )     3.6      2.4      0.7      0.5      —  

Acquisition Obligations

   (f )     2.0      2.0      —        —        —  

Wholesale Loan Purchase Obligations

   (g )     1,200.0      400.0      800.0      —        —  

Defined Contribution Pension Obligations

   (h )     52.0      52.0      —        —        —  

Health and Welfare Benefits

   (i )     —        —        —        —        —  

Postretirement Benefit Obligations

   (i )     —        —        —        —        —  
          

  

  

  

  

Total

         $ 18,236.3    $ 11,727.9    $ 4,012.0    $ 1,378.3    $ 1,118.1
          

  

  

  

  


Notes:

 

(a) Certain retail certificates of deposit and other time deposits give customers rights to early withdrawal. Early withdrawals may be subject to penalties. The penalty amount depends on the remaining time to maturity at the time of early withdrawal. Brokered certificates of deposits may be redeemed early upon the death or adjudication of incompetency of the holder.
(b) See Note 13 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Corporation’s various short-term borrowings. Many short-term borrowings such as funds purchased and security repurchase agreements and commercial paper are expected to be reissued and, therefore, do not necessarily represent an immediate need for cash.
(c) See Note 14 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Corporation’s various long-term borrowings.
(d) See Note 20 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Corporation’s foreign exchange activities. The Corporation generally matches commitments to deliver foreign currencies with obligations to purchase foreign currencies which minimizes the immediate need for cash.
(e) The Corporation also has purchase obligations for certain investments in investment funds. Under those obligations the Corporation could be required to invest an additional $15.2 million if the investment funds identify and commit to invest in additional qualifying investments. The investment funds have limited lives and defined periods for investing in new qualifying investments or providing additional funds to existing investments. As a result, the timing and amount of the funding requirements for these obligations are uncertain and could expire with no additional funding requirements.
(f) Does not include contingent consideration. See Note 4 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(g) Represents the minimum purchase obligation amount. The maximum is $3.0 billion or approximately $1.0 billion per year. The actual purchase price will be determined at the time of purchase.
(h) See Note 18 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Corporation’s defined contribution program. The amount shown represents the unfunded contribution for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

42


Table of Contents
(i) The health and welfare benefit plans are periodically funded throughout each plan year with participant contributions and the Corporation’s portion of benefits expected to be paid. The liabilities for claims incurred but not reported at December 31, 2003 were not significant.

 

The Corporation has generally financed its growth through the retention of earnings and the issuance of debt. It is expected that future growth can be financed through internal earnings retention, additional debt offerings, or the issuance of additional common or preferred stock or other capital instruments.

 

Other Matters

 

In the fourth quarter of 2003, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors approved the following audit and non-audit services performed or to be performed for the Corporation by its independent auditors, Deloitte & Touche LLP:

 

  U.S. federal, state and local tax planning and other non-compliance consultation, including tax audit assistance;

 

  U.S. federal, state and local tax compliance and ruling requests, including federal and state tax return preparation;

 

  formation of a real estate mortgage investment conduit; and

 

  advice and assistance in evaluating the implications of Internal Revenue Service regulations related to certain employee benefit programs.

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

The term off-balance sheet arrangement describes the means through which companies typically structure off-balance sheet transactions or otherwise incur risks of loss that are not fully transparent to investors or other users of financial information. For example, in many cases, in order to facilitate transfer of assets or otherwise finance the activities of an unconsolidated entity, a company may be required to provide financial support designed to reduce the risks to the entity or other third parties. That financial support may take many different forms such as financial guarantees, subordinated retained interests, derivative instruments or other contingent arrangements that expose the company to continuing risks or contingent liabilities regardless of whether or not they are recorded on the balance sheet.

 

Certain guarantees may be a source of potential risk to future liquidity, capital resources and results of operations. Guarantees may be in the form of contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on: (1) changes in an underlying instrument or variable such as a financial standby letter of credit; (2) failure to perform under an obligating agreement such as a performance standby letter of credit; and (3) indemnification agreements that require the indemnifying party to make payments to the indemnified party based on changes in an underlying instrument or variable that is related to an asset, a liability or an equity security of the indemnified party, such as an adverse judgment in a lawsuit. The Corporation, for a fee, regularly enters into standby letters of credit transactions and provides certain indemnifications against loss in conjunction with software sales, merchant credit card processing and securities lending activities which are described in detail in Notes 19 and 24 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Companies may structure and facilitate off-balance sheet arrangements by retaining an interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity. Such interests may be in the form of a subordinated retained interest in a pool of receivables transferred to an unconsolidated entity, cash collateral accounts, recourse obligations or other forms of credit, liquidity, or market risk support. These subordinated interests protect the senior interests in the unconsolidated entity in the event a portion of the underlying transferred assets becomes uncollectible or there are insufficient funds to repay senior interest obligations. The Corporation uses such arrangements primarily in conjunction with its indirect automobile lending activities which are described in detail in Note 9 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and in the discussion of critical accounting policies which follows this discussion.

 

43


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2003, the Corporation was not involved in any derivative financial instruments that were indexed to its common stock or classified in shareholders’ equity under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Also at December 31, 2003, the Corporation did not hold any material variable interests in entities that provide it liquidity, market risk or credit risk support, or engage in leasing, hedging or research and development services with the Corporation. As described in Notes 2 and 14 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Corporation holds all of the common interest in M&I Capital Trust A which issued cumulative preferred capital securities which are supported by junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures and a full guarantee issued by the Corporation. As a result of adopting FIN 46R, the Corporation deconsolidated M&I Capital Trust A at December 31, 2003.

 

Based on the off-balance sheet arrangements with which it is presently involved, the Corporation does not believe that such off-balance sheet arrangements either have, or are reasonably likely to have, a material impact to its current or future financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or capital.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The Corporation has established various accounting policies which govern the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States in the preparation of the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements. The significant accounting policies of the Corporation are described in the footnotes to the consolidated financial statements contained herein and updated as necessary in its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by management that may have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities. Management considers such accounting policies to be critical accounting policies. The judgments and assumptions used by management are based on historical experience and other factors, which are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Because of the nature of judgments and assumptions made by management, actual results could differ from these judgments and estimates which could have a material impact on the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the results of the operations of the Corporation. Management considers the following to be those accounting policies that require significant judgments and assumptions:

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio. Management evaluates the allowance each quarter to determine that it is adequate to absorb these inherent losses. This evaluation is supported by a methodology that identifies estimated losses based on assessments of individual problem loans and historical loss patterns of homogeneous loan pools. In addition, environmental factors, including economic conditions and regulatory guidance, unique to each measurement date are also considered. This reserving methodology has the following components:

 

Specific Reserve. The Corporation’s internal risk rating system is used to identify loans and leases rated “Classified” as defined by regulatory agencies. In general, these loans have been internally identified as credits requiring management’s attention due to underlying problems in the borrower’s business or collateral concerns. Subject to a minimum size, a quarterly review of these loans is performed to identify the specific reserve necessary to be allocated to each of these loans. This analysis considers expected future cash flows, the value of collateral and also other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to make payments when due. Included in this group are those nonaccrual or renegotiated loans that meet the criteria as being “impaired” under the definition in SFAS 114. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. For impaired loans, impairment is measured using one of three alternatives: (1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (2) the loan’s observable market price, if available; or (3) the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans and loans for which foreclosure is deemed to be probable.

 

Collective Loan Impairment. This component of the allowance for loan and lease losses is comprised of two elements. First, the Corporation makes a significant number of loans and leases, which due to their underlying similar characteristics, are assessed for loss as homogeneous pools. Included in the homogeneous pools are loans and leases from the retail sector and commercial loans under a certain size, which have been excluded from the specific reserve allocation previously discussed. The Corporation segments the pools by type of loan or lease and, using historical loss information, estimates a loss reserve for each pool.

 

44


Table of Contents

The second element reflects management’s recognition of the uncertainty and imprecision underlying the process of estimating losses. Based on management’s judgment, reserves are allocated to industry segments or product types due to environmental conditions unique to the measurement period. Consideration is given to both internal and external environmental factors such as economic conditions in certain geographic or industry segments of the portfolio, economic trends in the retail lending sector, risk profile, and portfolio composition. Reserves are allocated using estimates of loss exposure that management has identified based on these economic trends or conditions. The internal risk rating system is then used to identify those loans within these industry segments that based on financial, payment or collateral performance, warrant closer ongoing monitoring by management. The specific loans mentioned earlier are excluded from this analysis.

 

The following factors were taken into consideration in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loans and lease losses at December 31, 2003:

 

In general, the Corporation’s borrowing customers appear to be successfully managing their businesses through the slower economic conditions. While there appear to be some signs of improvement in the economy and the Corporation’s customer base is beginning to see some signs of increased business activity, the customers remain cautious of there being any substantive increase in revenues until later in 2004. As a result, the recession’s lagging impact will probably continue to affect the operating performance of M&I’s customers in the near term. Management continues to be concerned that the long term impact of the recent recession may still provide some unanticipated results within the loan and lease portfolio.

 

At December 31, 2003, special reserves continue to be carried for exposures to manufacturing, healthcare, production agriculture (including dairy and cropping operations), truck transportation, and the airline and travel industries. The majority of the commercial charge-offs incurred during the past two years were in these industry segments. While most loans in these categories are still performing, the Corporation continues to believe these sectors have been more adversely affected by the economic slowdown. Reduced revenues causing a declining utilization of the industry’s capacity levels have impacted manufacturing. As a result, collateral values and the amounts realized through the sale or liquidation of manufacturing plant and equipment have declined accordingly.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2003, the Corporation’s commitments to Shared National Credits were approximately $2.2 billion with usage averaging around 41%. Many of these borrowers are in industries impacted by the recent months’ economic climate. In addition, many of the Corporation’s largest charge-offs have come from the Shared National Credit portfolio. Approximately $3.1 million of the net charge-offs in 2003 relate to Shared National Credits. Although these factors result in an increased risk profile, as of December 31, 2003, shared national credit nonperforming loans were approximately 0.08% and 0.20% of this segment’s total commitments and outstandings, respectively. The Corporation’s exposure to Shared National Credits is monitored closely given the economic uncertainty as well as this segment’s loss experience.

 

The Corporation’s primary lending areas are Wisconsin, Arizona, Minnesota and Missouri. The acquisitions in Minnesota and Missouri continue to represent relatively new geographic regions for the Corporation. Each of these regions has cultural and environmental factors that are unique to them. The uncertainty regarding the inherent losses in their respective loan portfolios continue to present increased risks which have been mitigated by the implementation of the Corporation’s credit underwriting and monitoring processes.

 

At December 31, 2003, nonperforming loans and leases amounted to $172.8 million or 0.69% of consolidated loans and leases compared to $194.5 million or 0.81% of consolidated loans and leases at December 31, 2002 and $173.8 million or 0.90% of consolidated loans and leases at December 31, 2001. Nonperforming loans and leases decreased $21.7 million or 11.2% at year-end 2003 compared to the end of 2002. The net decrease was primarily due to reductions and positive resolutions in several portfolio segments and across most loan types except for the commercial leasing portfolio which was adversely

 

45


Table of Contents

affected by one larger lease placed on nonaccrual in the fourth quarter of 2003. Average nonperforming loans and leases in 2003 declined $22.1 million in the third quarter compared to the second quarter and declined $14.4 million in the fourth quarter compared to the third quarter after remaining at consistent levels between the first and second quarters of 2003. The recent declines represent a general improvement in various segments of the loan portfolio. As stated in previous quarters, some of the Corporation’s largest nonperforming loans are in industries that have undergone well-publicized declines during the recent recession. Among those industries affected are construction and related, technology, airline, trucking, agriculture, manufacturing and healthcare.

 

Net charge-offs amounted to $51.8 million or 0.21% of average loans and leases in 2003 compared with $44.0 million or 0.21% of average loans and leases in 2002 and $40.2 million or 0.22% of average loans and leases in 2001. Included in net charge-offs for 2003 was a $19.0 million charge-off related to the carrying value of lease obligations for airplanes leased to Midwest Airlines, Inc. that occurred in the first quarter.

 

At the present time, there is no specific industry that is of immediate concern; however, the Corporation believes that the recession’s lagging impact and the long term impact of the recent recession could continue to negatively affect the markets and communities that it serves in the near term. Nonperforming loans have remained in the 80-90 basis point range over the prior two years. There continues to be some risk of nonperforming loans increasing. However, given the recent general improvement in various segments of the portfolio, management anticipates that nonperforming loans and leases as a percent of total loans and leases will be in the 70-85 basis point range in the near term.

 

During the past three-year period, net charge-offs have remained in a narrow range of approximately 20 basis points which is somewhat higher than historical levels. The Corporation anticipates net charge-offs will be in the 15-20 basis point range in the near term.

 

Charge-offs for 2004 will continue to be affected by the factors previously discussed. The Corporation estimates net charge-offs in 2004 will range between $17 million and $22 million for commercial loans, $15 million and $19 million for real estate loans, $7 million and $9 million for personal loans and $2 million and $3 million for lease financing receivables. Negative economic events, adverse developments in industry segments within the portfolio or deterioration of a large loan or loans could have significant adverse impacts on the actual loss levels. At the present time, there are no other known specific issues, industries of concern or material loans believed to be in imminent danger of deteriorating or defaulting which would give rise to a large near-term charge-off.

 

Based on the above loss estimates, management determines its best estimate of the required allowance for loans and leases. Management’s evaluation of the factors described above resulted in an allowance for loan and lease losses of $349.6 million or 1.39% of loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2003. The allowance for loan and lease losses was $338.4 million or 1.42% of loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2002. The resulting provisions for loan and lease losses are the amounts required to establish the allowance for loan and lease losses at the required level after considering charge-offs and recoveries. Management recognizes there are significant estimates in the process and the ultimate losses could be significantly different from those currently estimated.

 

The Corporation has not substantively changed any aspect to its overall approach in the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses. There have been no material changes in assumptions or estimation techniques as compared to prior periods that impacted the determination of the current period allowance.

 

Capitalized Software and Conversion Costs

 

Direct costs associated with the production of computer software that will be licensed externally or used in a service bureau environment are capitalized. Capitalization of such costs is subject to strict accounting policy criteria, although the appropriate time to initiate capitalization requires management judgment. Once the specific capitalized project is put into production, the software cost is amortized over its estimated useful life, generally four years. Each quarter, the Corporation performs net realizable value tests to ensure the assets are recoverable. Such tests require management judgment as to the future sales and profitability of a particular product which involves, in

 

46


Table of Contents

some cases, multi-year projections. Technology changes and changes in customer requirements can have a significant impact on the recoverability of these assets and can be difficult to predict. Should significant adverse changes occur, estimates of useful life may have to be revised or write-offs would be required to recognize impairment. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the amount of software costs capitalized amounted to $54.1 million and $56.0 million, respectively. Amortization expense of software costs amounted to $43.8 million and $35.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

As a result of a change in product strategies, Metavante determined that certain purchased and internally developed software will no longer be used and such software was written off in 2003. Total capitalized software costs written off as a result of these decisions amounted to $22.8 million and is included in other noninterest expense in 2003.

 

Direct costs associated with customer system conversions to the data processing operations are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the terms, generally five to seven years, of the related servicing contracts.

 

Capitalization only occurs when management is satisfied that such costs are recoverable through future operations or penalties (buyout fees) in case of early termination. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the amount of conversion costs capitalized amounted to $11.7 million and $10.6 million, respectively. Amortization expense of conversion costs amounted to $17.0 million and $17.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

Net unamortized costs, which are included in Accrued Interest and Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, at December 31, were ($ in millions):

 

     2003

   2002

Software

   $ 133.6    $ 138.5

Conversions

     30.7      35.9
    

  

Total

   $ 164.3    $ 174.4
    

  

 

The Corporation has not substantively changed any aspect to its overall approach in the determination of the amount of costs that are capitalized for software development or conversion activities. There have been no material changes in assumptions or estimation techniques as compared to prior periods that impacted the determination of the periodic amortization of such costs.

 

Financial Asset Sales and Securitizations

 

The Corporation utilizes certain financing arrangements to meet its balance sheet management, funding, liquidity, and market or credit risk management needs. The majority of these activities are basic term or revolving securitization vehicles. These vehicles are generally funded through term-amortizing debt structures or with short-term commercial paper designed to be paid off based on the underlying cash flows of the assets securitized. These financing entities are contractually limited to a narrow range of activities that facilitate the transfer of or access to various types of assets or financial instruments. In certain situations, the Corporation provides liquidity and/or loss protection agreements. In determining whether the financing entity should be consolidated, the Corporation considers whether the entity is a qualifying special-purpose entity (“QSPE”) as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. For non-consolidation, a QSPE must be demonstrably distinct, have significantly limited permitted activities, hold assets that are restricted to transferred financial assets and related assets, and can sell or dispose of non-cash financial assets only in response to specified conditions.

 

In December 2003, the Corporation adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46R”), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (revised December 2003). This interpretation addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities. Under current practice, entities generally have been included in consolidated financial statements because they are controlled through voting interests. This interpretation explains how to identify variable interest entities and how an entity assesses its interests in a variable interest entity to decide whether to consolidate that entity. FIN 46R requires existing unconsolidated variable interest entities to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if the entities do not

 

47


Table of Contents

effectively disperse risks among parties involved. Variable interest entities that effectively disperse risks will not be consolidated unless a single party holds an interest or combination of interests that effectively recombines risks that were previously dispersed. Transferors to QSPEs and “grandfathered” QSPEs subject to the reporting requirements of SFAS 140 are outside the scope of FIN 46R and do not consolidate those entities. FIN 46R also requires certain disclosures by the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity or an entity that holds a significant variable interest in a variable interest entity.

 

With respect to the Corporation’s securitization activities, the adoption of FIN 46R did not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements because its transfers are generally to QSPEs.

 

The Corporation sells financial assets in a two-step process that results in a surrender of control over the assets as evidenced by true-sale opinions from legal counsel, to unconsolidated entities that securitize the assets. The Corporation retains interests in the securitized assets in the form of interest-only strips and a cash reserve account. Gain or loss on sale of the assets depends in part on the carrying amount assigned to the assets sold allocated between the asset sold and retained interests based on their relative fair values at the date of transfer. The value of the retained interests is based on the present value of expected cash flows estimated using management’s best estimates of the key assumptions – credit losses, prepayment speeds, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. Actual results can differ from expected results.

 

The Corporation reviews the carrying values of the retained interests monthly to determine if there is a decline in value that is other than temporary and periodically reviews the propriety of the assumptions used based on current historical experience as well as the sensitivities of the carrying value of the retained interests to adverse changes in the key assumptions. The Corporation believes that its estimates result in a reasonable carrying value of the retained interests.

 

During 2003 and 2002, the Corporation recognized impairment losses of $4.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively, which is included in net investment securities gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The impairment was a result of the differences between actual prepayments and credit losses experienced compared to the expected prepayments and credit losses used in measuring the initial retained interests. The impairments on the retained interests, held in the form of interest-only strips, were deemed to be other than temporary.

 

The Corporation regularly sells automobile loans to an unconsolidated multi-seller special purpose entity commercial paper conduit in securitization transactions in which servicing responsibilities and subordinated interests are retained. The outstanding balances of automobile loans sold in these securitization transactions were $1,050.4 million and $713.8 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the carrying amount of retained interests amounted to $42.0 million and $43.1 million, respectively.

 

The Corporation also sells, from time to time, debt securities classified as available for sale that are highly rated to an unconsolidated bankruptcy remote QSPE whose activities are limited to issuing highly rated asset-backed commercial paper with maturities up to 180 days which is used to finance the purchase of the investment securities. The Bank provides liquidity back-up in the form of Liquidity Purchase Agreements. In addition, the Bank acts as counterparty to interest rate swaps that enable the QSPE to hedge its interest rate risk. Such swaps are designated as free-standing derivative financial instruments in the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

Under the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Bank, as administrator of the QSPE, is required to sell interests in the securities funded by the QSPE to the Bank, as the liquidity purchaser under the liquidity agreements, if at any time (after giving effect to any issuance of new commercial paper notes and the receipt of payments under any swap agreement) the QSPE has insufficient funds to repay any maturing commercial paper note and the Bank, as liquidity agent, has received a notice of such deficiency. The Bank, as the liquidity provider, will be obligated to purchase interests in such securities under the terms of the liquidity agreement to repay the maturing commercial paper notes unless (i) after giving effect to such purchase, the aggregate of securities purchased under the relevant liquidity agreement would exceed the aggregate maximum liquidity purchase amount under such liquidity agreement or (ii) certain bankruptcy events with respect to the QSPE have occurred; provided that the Bank is not required to purchase any defaulted security. For this purpose, a defaulted security is any security that is rated below “Caa2” by Moody’s and below “CCC” by Standard & Poor’s. To date, the Bank has never acquired interests in any securities under the terms of the liquidity agreements.

 

48


Table of Contents

A subsidiary of the Bank has entered into interest rate swaps with the QSPE designed to counteract the interest rate risk associated with third party beneficial interest (commercial paper) and the transferred assets. The beneficial interests in the form of commercial paper have been issued by the QSPE to parties other than the Bank and its subsidiary or any other affiliates. The notional amounts do not exceed the amount of beneficial interests. The swap agreements do not provide the QSPE or its administrative agent any decision-making authority other than those specified in the standard ISDA Master Agreement.

 

At December 31, 2003, highly rated investment securities in the amount of $204.9 million were outstanding in the QSPE to support the outstanding commercial paper.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the income statement in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

The determination of current and deferred income taxes is based on complex analyses of many factors, including interpretation of Federal and state income tax laws, the difference between tax and financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities (temporary differences), estimates of amounts currently due or owed, such as the timing of reversals of temporary differences and current accounting standards. The Federal and state taxing authorities who make assessments based on their determination of tax laws periodically review the Corporation’s interpretation of Federal and state income tax laws. Tax liabilities could differ significantly from the estimates and interpretations used in determining the current and deferred income tax liabilities based on the completion of taxing authority examinations.

 

During 2003, several income tax audits covering multiple tax jurisdictions were resolved which positively affected the banking segment by $28.6 million and Metavante by $10.7 million and resulted in a lower provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

49


Table of Contents
ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Market risk arises from exposure to changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, and other relevant market rate or price risk. The Corporation faces market risk through trading and other than trading activities. While market risk that arises from trading activities in the form of foreign exchange and interest rate risk is immaterial to the Corporation, market risk from other than trading activities in the form of interest rate risk is measured and managed through a number of methods.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

The Corporation uses financial modeling techniques to identify potential changes in income under a variety of possible interest rate scenarios. Financial institutions, by their nature, bear interest rate and liquidity risk as a necessary part of the business of managing financial assets and liabilities. The Corporation has designed strategies to limit these risks within prudent parameters and identify appropriate risk/reward tradeoffs in the financial structure of the balance sheet.

 

The financial models identify the specific cash flows, repricing timing and embedded option characteristics of the assets and liabilities held by the Corporation. Policies are in place to assure that neither earnings nor fair value at risk exceed appropriate limits. The use of a limited array of derivative financial instruments has allowed the Corporation to achieve the desired balance sheet repricing structure while simultaneously meeting the desired objectives of both its borrowing and depositing customers.

 

The models used include measures of the expected repricing characteristics of administered rate (NOW, savings and money market accounts) and non-rate related products (demand deposit accounts, other assets and other liabilities). These measures recognize the relative insensitivity of these accounts to changes in market interest rates, as demonstrated through current and historical experiences. However, during the second quarter of 2003, the Corporation increased the proportion of these accounts modeled as rate sensitive, in order to recognize the instability of some of the recent balance growth in these accounts. This modeling treatment will be maintained until the incremental balances can be observed across a more complete interest rate cycle. In addition to contractual payment information for most other assets and liabilities, the models also include estimates of expected prepayment characteristics for those items that are likely to materially change their payment structures in different rate environments, including residential mortgage products, certain commercial and commercial real estate loans and certain mortgage-related securities. Estimates for these sensitivities are based on industry assessments and are substantially driven by the differential between the contractual coupon of the item and current market rates for similar products.

 

This information is incorporated into a model that allows the projection of future income levels in several different interest rate environments. Earnings at risk are calculated by modeling income in an environment where rates remain constant, and comparing this result to income in a different rate environment, and then dividing this difference by the Corporation’s budgeted operating income before taxes for the calendar year. Since future interest rate moves are difficult to predict, the following table presents two potential scenarios — a gradual increase of 100bp across the entire yield curve over the course of the year (+25bp per quarter), and a gradual decrease of 100bp across the entire yield curve over the course of the year (-25bp per quarter) for the balance sheet as of December 31, 2003:

 

Hypothetical Change

In Interest Rates


   Impact to 2004
Pretax Income


 

100 basis point gradual rise in rates

   (0.6 )%

100 basis point gradual decline in rates

   (1.8 )%

 

These results are based solely on the modeled parallel changes in market rates, and do not reflect the earnings sensitivity that may arise from other factors such as changes in the shape of the yield curve and changes in spread between key market rates. These results also do not include any management action to mitigate potential income variances within the simulation process. Such action could potentially include, but would not be limited to, adjustments to the repricing characteristics of any on- or off-balance sheet item with regard to short-term rate projections and current market value assessments.

 

50


Table of Contents

Actual results will differ from simulated results due to the timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies.

 

Another component of interest rate risk is measuring the fair value at risk for a given change in market interest rates. The Corporation also uses computer modeling techniques to determine the present value of all asset and liability cash flows (both on- and off-balance sheet), adjusted for prepayment expectations, using a market discount rate. The net change in the present value of the asset and liability cash flows in different market rate environments is the amount of fair value at risk from those rate movements. As of December 31, 2003 the fair value of equity at risk for a gradual 100bp shift in rates was less than 2.0% of the market value of the Corporation.

 

Equity Risk

 

In addition to interest rate risk, the Corporation incurs market risk in the form of equity risk. M&I’s Capital Markets Group invests in private, medium-sized companies to help establish new businesses or recapitalize existing ones. Exposure to the change in equity values for the companies that are held in their portfolio exists. However, fair values are difficult to determine until an actual sale or liquidation transaction actually occurs.

 

At December 31, 2003 M&I Trust Services administered $66.9 billion in assets and directly managed $15.7 billion in assets. Exposure exists to changes in equity values due to the fact that fee income is partially based on equity balances. While this exposure is present, quantification remains difficult due to the number of other variables affecting fee income. Interest rate changes can also have an effect on fee income for the above stated reasons.

 

51


Table of Contents
ITEM 8.   CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31 ($000’s except share data)

 

     2003

   2002

 

Assets

               

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

               

Cash and Due from Banks

   $ 810,088    $ 1,012,090  

Federal Funds Sold and Security Resale Agreements

     44,076      30,117  

Money Market Funds

     57,462      104,325  
    

  


Total Cash and Cash Equivalents

     911,626      1,146,532  

Investment Securities:

               

Trading Securities, at Market Value

     16,197      21,252  

Interest Bearing Deposits at Other Banks

     45,551      93,851  

Available for Sale, at Market Value

     4,786,446      4,266,372  

Held to Maturity, Market Value $873,949 ($993,937 in 2002)

     820,886      942,819  
    

  


Total Investment Securities

     5,669,080      5,324,294  

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

     34,623      311,077  

Loans and Leases:

               

Loans and Leases, Net of Unearned Income of $88,039 ($124,793 in 2002)

     25,150,317      23,597,769  

Less: Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

     349,561      338,409  
    

  


Net Loans and Leases

     24,800,756      23,259,360  

Premises and Equipment

     438,485      442,395  

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

     1,104,552      1,088,804  

Accrued Interest and Other Assets

     1,413,521      1,302,180  
    

  


Total Assets

   $ 34,372,643    $ 32,874,642  
    

  


Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

               

Deposits:

               

Noninterest Bearing

   $ 4,715,283    $ 4,461,880  

Interest Bearing

     17,554,822      15,931,826  
    

  


Total Deposits

     22,270,105      20,393,706  

Short-term Borrowings

     4,933,001      6,093,367  

Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

     1,106,221      1,067,120  

Long-term Borrowings

     2,734,623      2,283,781  
    

  


Total Liabilities

     31,043,950      29,837,974  

Shareholders’ Equity:

               

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value, 2,000,000 Shares Authorized

     —        —    

Common Stock, $1.00 par value, 320,000,000 Shares Authorized; 240,832,522 Shares Issued

     240,833      240,833  

Additional Paid-in Capital

     564,269      569,162  

Retained Earnings

     3,061,246      2,675,148  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Related Taxes

     2,694      (44,427 )

Less: Treasury Stock, at Cost, 17,606,489 Shares (14,599,565 in 2002)

     513,562      381,878  

Deferred Compensation

     26,787      22,170  
    

  


Total Shareholders’ Equity

     3,328,693      3,036,668  
    

  


Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 34,372,643    $ 32,874,642  
    

  


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

52


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Income

Years ended December 31 ($000’s except share data)

 

     2003

   2002

    2001

 

Interest Income

                       

Loans and Leases

   $ 1,304,060    $ 1,297,166     $ 1,358,802  

Investment Securities:

                       

Taxable

     165,075      198,037       270,336  

Exempt from Federal Income Taxes

     57,968      60,637       62,273  

Trading Securities

     258      328       884  

Short-term Investments

     2,559      11,168       16,812  
    

  


 


Total Interest Income

     1,529,920      1,567,336       1,709,107  

Interest Expense

                       

Deposits

     228,216      283,385       566,899  

Short-term Borrowings

     81,070      150,310       188,587  

Long-term Borrowings

     163,348      127,343       110,842  
    

  


 


Total Interest Expense

     472,634      561,038       866,328  
    

  


 


Net Interest Income

     1,057,286      1,006,298       842,779  

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     62,993      74,416       54,115  
    

  


 


Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     994,293      931,882       788,664  

Other Income

                       

Data Processing Services

     657,827      601,500       559,816  

Item Processing

     42,814      39,078       47,638  

Trust Services

     126,759      120,586       120,827  

Service Charges on Deposits

     102,528      100,796       85,980  

Gains on Sale of Mortgage Loans

     54,143      39,711       31,020  

Other Mortgage Banking Revenue

     16,109      15,502       15,168  

Net Investment Securities Gains (Losses)

     21,572      (6,271 )     (6,759 )

Life Insurance Revenue

     30,507      29,783       27,053  

Other

     163,542      142,003       120,507  
    

  


 


Total Other Income

     1,215,801      1,082,688       1,001,250  

Other Expense

                       

Salaries and Employee Benefits

     797,518      745,518       695,405  

Net Occupancy

     67,626      74,706       71,322  

Equipment

     111,354      116,806       118,199  

Software Expenses

     44,747      44,210       39,790  

Processing Charges

     48,295      39,316       40,058  

Supplies and Printing

     22,118      20,131       21,298  

Professional Services

     44,429      38,441       34,189  

Shipping and Handling

     51,765      45,669       44,792  

Amortization of Intangibles

     23,785      25,134       36,904  

Other

     240,070      146,047       186,912  
    

  


 


Total Other Expense

     1,451,707      1,295,978       1,288,869  
    

  


 


Income Before Income Taxes and Cumulative Effect of Changes in Accounting Principles

     758,387      718,592       501,045  

Provision for Income Taxes

     214,282      238,265       163,124  
    

  


 


Income Before Cumulative Effect of Changes in Accounting Principles

     544,105      480,327       337,921  

Cumulative Effect of Changes in Accounting Principles, Net of Income Taxes

     —        —         (436 )
    

  


 


Net Income

   $ 544,105    $ 480,327     $ 337,485  
    

  


 


Net Income Per Common Share

                       

Basic:

                       

Income Before Cumulative Effect of Changes in Accounting Principles

   $ 2.41    $ 2.24     $ 1.60  

Cumulative Effect of Changes in Accounting Principles

     —        —         —    
    

  


 


Net Income

   $ 2.41    $ 2.24     $ 1.60  
    

  


 


Diluted:

                       

Income Before Cumulative Effect of Changes in Accounting Principles

   $ 2.38    $ 2.16     $ 1.55  

Cumulative Effect of Changes in Accounting Principles

     —        —         —    
    

  


 


Net Income

   $ 2.38    $ 2.16     $ 1.55  
    

  


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

53


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31 ($000’s)

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

                        

Net Income

   $ 544,105     $ 480,327     $ 337,485  

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities:

                        

Depreciation and Amortization

     200,085       91,050       61,894  

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     62,993       74,416       54,115  

Gains on Sales of Assets

     (45,507 )     (75,147 )     (23,292 )

Proceeds from Sales of Trading Securities and Loans Held for Sale

     11,637,141       7,079,263       5,412,432  

Purchases of Trading Securities and Loans Held for Sale

     (11,240,640 )     (6,822,322 )     (5,549,128 )

Other

     (124,609 )     110,225       (57,823 )
    


 


 


Total Adjustments

     489,463       457,485       (101,802 )
    


 


 


Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     1,033,568       937,812       235,683  

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

                        

Proceeds from Sales of Securities Available for Sale

     41,838       317,201       196,664  

Proceeds from Maturities of Securities Available for Sale

     2,840,754       2,181,391       1,818,294  

Proceeds from Maturities of Securities Held to Maturity

     122,856       144,296       79,040  

Purchases of Securities Available for Sale

     (3,449,841 )     (2,936,885 )     (282,481 )

Purchases of Securities Held to Maturity

     (1,000 )     (631 )     (55 )

Net Increase in Loans

     (1,857,480 )     (2,760,170 )     (695,130 )

Purchases of Assets to be Leased

     (560,439 )     (182,874 )     (576,150 )

Principal Payments on Lease Receivables

     766,708       456,124       761,164  

Purchases of Premises and Equipment, Net

     (62,125 )     (52,611 )     (44,620 )

Acquisitions, Net of Cash and Cash Equivalents Acquired

     (29,395 )     (153,443 )     (64,752 )

Other

     18,002       8,878       16,664  
    


 


 


Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities

     (2,170,122 )     (2,978,724 )     1,208,638  

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

                        

Net Increase (Decrease) in Deposits

     1,886,561       1,370,143       (3,798,822 )

Proceeds from Issuance of Commercial Paper

     7,790,467       7,050,671       3,472,573  

Principal Payments on Commercial Paper

     (7,737,360 )     (7,069,509 )     (3,499,459 )

Net (Decrease) Increase in Other Short-term Borrowings

     (842,636 )     (765,214 )     2,280,201  

Proceeds from Issuance of Long-term Borrowings

     1,278,629       1,888,623       1,487,373  

Payment of Long-term Borrowings

     (1,164,025 )     (564,151 )     (319,839 )

Dividends Paid

     (158,007 )     (136,955 )     (122,777 )

Purchases of Common Stock

     (201,044 )     (165,116 )     (267,438 )

Proceeds from the Issuance of Common Stock

     49,063       15,187       23,630  

Other

     —         —         (691 )
    


 


 


Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

     901,648       1,623,679       (745,249 )
    


 


 


Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (234,906 )     (417,233 )     699,072  

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year

     1,146,532       1,563,765       864,693  
    


 


 


Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year

   $ 911,626     $ 1,146,532     $ 1,563,765  
    


 


 


Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

                        

Cash Paid During the Year for:

                        

Interest

   $ 500,698     $ 564,475     $ 972,354  

Income Taxes

     297,143       216,026       148,864  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

($000’s except share data)

 

     Comprehensive
Income


    Preferred
Stock


   Common
Stock


   Additional
Paid-in
Capital


    Retained
Earnings


    Treasury
Common
Stock


   

Deferred

Compensation


   

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income


 

Balance, December 31, 2000

           $ 336    $ 112,757    $ 452,212     $ 2,117,759     $ (458,472 )   $ (20,530 )   $ 38,127  

Comprehensive Income:

                                                              

Net Income

   $ 337,485       —        —        —         337,485       —         —         —    

Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities:

                                                              

Arising During the Period Net of Taxes of $18,646

     34,004       —        —        —         —         —         —         —    

Reclassification for Securities Transactions Included in Net Income Net of Taxes of $4,781

     (8,878 )     —        —        —         —         —         —         —    
    


                                                     

Total Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities

     25,126       —        —        —         —         —         —         25,126  
    


                                                     

Net Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Hedging Variability of Cash Flows:

                                                              

Transition Adjustment Net of Taxes of $5,483

     (10,182 )                                                      

Arising During the Period Net of Taxes of $10,940

     (20,317 )     —        —        —         —         —         —         —    

Reclassification Adjustments For Hedging Activities Included in Net Income Net of Taxes of $4,225

     7,846       —        —        —         —         —         —         —    
    


                                                     

Net Gains (Losses)

     (22,653 )     —        —        —         —         —         —         (22,653 )
    


                                                     

Other Comprehensive Income

     2,473       —        —        —         —         —         —         —    
    


                                                     

Comprehensive Income

   $ 339,958       —        —        —         —         —         —         —    
    


                                                     

Issuance of 4,544,209 Common Shares in the 2001 Business Combination

             —        4,545      263,110       —         —         —         —    

Issuance of 1,335,284 Treasury Common Shares Under Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plans

             —        —        (27,683 )     —         62,975       (2,206 )     —    

Acquisition of 4,777,262 Common Shares

             —        —        (52 )     —         (277,997 )     160       —    

Dividends Declared on Preferred Stock—$12.97 Per Share

             —        —        —         (4,363 )     —         —         —    

Dividends Declared on Common Stock—$1.135 Per Share

             —        —        —         (118,414 )     —         —         —    

Net Change in Deferred Compensation

             —        —        —         —         —         735       —    

Income Tax Benefit for Compensation Expense for Tax Purposes in Excess of Amounts Recognized for Financial Reporting Purposes

             —        —        13,334       —         —         —         —    

Other

             —        —        (2,632 )     (691 )     —         —         —    
            

  

  


 


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2001

           $ 336    $ 117,302    $ 698,289     $ 2,331,776     $ (673,494 )   $ (21,841 )   $ 40,600  
            

  

  


 


 


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

55


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

($000’s except share data)

 

     Comprehensive
Income


    Preferred
Stock


    Common
Stock


   Additional
Paid-in
Capital


    Retained
Earnings


    Treasury
Common
Stock


   

Deferred

Compensation


    

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income


 

Balance, December 31, 2001

           $ 336     $ 117,302    $ 698,289     $ 2,331,776     $ (673,494 )   $ (21,841 )    $ 40,600  

Comprehensive Income:

                                                                

Net Income

   $ 480,327       —         —        —         480,327       —         —          —    

Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities:

                                                                

Arising During the Period Net of Taxes of $2,850

     (5,265 )     —         —        —         —         —         —          —    

Reclassification for Securities Transactions Included in Net Income Net of Taxes of $233

     (434 )     —         —        —         —         —         —          —    
    


                                                       

Total Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities

     (5,699 )     —         —        —         —         —         —          (5,699 )
    


                                                       

Net Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Hedging Variability of Cash Flows:

                                                                

Arising During the Period Net of Taxes of $64,325

     (119,462 )     —         —        —         —         —         —          —    

Reclassification Adjustments For Hedging Activities Included in Net Income Net of Taxes of $21,611

     40,134       —         —        —         —         —         —          —    
    


                                                       

Net Gains (Losses)

     (79,328 )     —         —        —         —         —         —          (79,328 )
    


                                                       

Other Comprehensive Income

     (85,027 )     —         —        —         —         —         —          —    
    


                                                       

Comprehensive Income

   $ 395,300       —         —        —         —         —         —          —    
    


                                                       

Issuance of 11,365,723 Common and Treasury Common Shares in the 2002 Business Combinations

             —         3,115      197,114       —         215,852       —          —    

2 for 1 Stock Split Effective in the Form of a 100% Stock Dividend

             —         120,416      (120,416 )     —         —         —          —    

Issuance of 7,688,456 Treasury Common Shares on Conversion of 336,370 Preferred Shares

             (336 )     —        (200,717 )     —         201,053       —          —    

Issuance of 1,334,056 Treasury Common Shares Under Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plans

             —         —        (10,523 )     —         34,463       (1,331 )      —    

Acquisition of 5,167,660 Common Shares

             —         —        (151 )     —         (159,752 )     479        —    

Dividends Declared on Preferred Stock—$14.29 Per Share

             —         —        —         (4,806 )     —         —          —    

Dividends Declared on Common Stock—$0.625 Per Share

             —         —        —         (132,149 )     —         —          —    

Net Change in Deferred Compensation

             —         —        —         —         —         523        —    

Income Tax Benefit for Compensation Expense for Tax Purposes in Excess of Amounts Recognized for Financial Reporting Purposes

             —         —        5,976       —         —         —          —    

Other

             —         —        (410 )     —         —         —          —    
            


 

  


 


 


 


  


Balance, December 31, 2002

           $ —       $ 240,833    $ 569,162     $ 2,675,148     $ (381,878 )   $ (22,170 )    $ (44,427 )
            


 

  


 


 


 


  


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

56


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

($000’s except share data)

 

     Comprehensive
Income


    Preferred
Stock


   Common
Stock


   Additional
Paid-in
Capital


    Retained
Earnings


    Treasury
Common
Stock


   

Deferred

Compensation


    

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income


 

Balance, December 31, 2002

           $ —      $ 240,883    $ 569,162     $ 2,675,148     $ (381,878 )   $ (22,170 )    $ (44,427 )

Comprehensive Income:

                                                               

Net Income

   $ 544,105       —        —        —         544,105       —         —          —    

Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities:

                                                               

Arising During the Period Net of Taxes of $6,489

     (12,016 )     —        —        —         —         —         —          —    

Reclassification for Securities Transactions Included in Net Income Net of Taxes of $2,008

     (3,729 )     —        —        —         —         —         —          —    
    


                                                      

Total Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities

     (15,745 )     —        —        —         —         —         —          (15,745 )
    


                                                      

Net Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Hedging Variability of Cash Flows:

                                                               

Arising During the Period Net of Taxes of $3,635

     (6,748 )     —        —        —         —         —         —          —    

Reclassification Adjustments For Hedging Activities Included in Net Income Net of Taxes of $37,485

     69,614       —        —        —         —         —         —          —    
    


                                                      

Net Gains (Losses)

     62,866       —        —        —         —         —         —          62,866  
    


                                                      

Other Comprehensive Income

     47,121       —        —        —         —         —         —          —    
    


                                                      

Comprehensive Income

   $ 591,226       —        —        —         —         —         —          —    
    


                                                      

Issuance of 2,989,875 Treasury Common Shares Under Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plans

             —        —        (16,396 )     —         79,908       (5,589 )      —    

Acquisition of 5,996,799 Common Shares

             —        —        (112 )     —         (211,592 )     612        —    

Dividends Declared on Common Stock—$0.700 Per Share

             —        —        —         (158,007 )     —         —          —    

Net Change in Deferred Compensation

             —        —        —         —         —         360        —    

Income Tax Benefit for Compensation Expense for Tax Purposes in Excess of Amounts Recognized for Financial Reporting Purposes

             —        —        11,905       —         —         —          —    

Other

             —        —        (290 )     —         —         —          —    
            

  

  


 


 


 


  


Balance, December 31, 2003

           $  —      $ 240,883    $ 564,269     $ 3,061,246     $ (513,562 )   $ (26,787 )    $ 2,694  
            

  

  


 


 


 


  


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

57


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (“M&I” or the “Corporation”) is a bank holding company that provides diversified financial services to a wide variety of corporate, institutional, government and individual customers. M&I’s largest affiliates and principal operations are in Wisconsin; however, it has activities in other markets, particularly in certain neighboring midwestern states, and in Arizona, Nevada and Florida. The Corporation’s principal activities consist of banking and data processing services. Banking services, lending and accepting deposits from retail and commercial customers are provided through its lead bank, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank, which is headquartered in Wisconsin, one federally chartered thrift headquartered in Nevada, one state chartered bank headquartered in St. Louis, Missouri, and an asset-based lending subsidiary headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota. In addition to branches located throughout Wisconsin, banking services are provided in branches located throughout Arizona, the Minneapolis, Minnesota and St. Louis, Missouri metropolitan areas, Belleville, Illinois, Las Vegas, Nevada and Naples and Bonita Springs, Florida, as well as on the Internet. Financial and data processing services and software sales are provided through the Corporation’s subsidiary Metavante Corporation (“Metavante”) and its nonbank subsidiaries primarily to financial institutions throughout the United States. Other financial services provided by M&I include: personal property lease financing to consumer and commercial customers; investment management and advisory services; commercial and residential mortgage banking; venture capital and financial advisory services; trust services to residents of Wisconsin, Arizona, Minnesota, Missouri, Florida, North Carolina, Nevada and Illinois; and brokerage and insurance services.

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Estimates—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Consolidation principles—The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Corporation, its subsidiaries that are wholly or majority owned and/or over which it exercises substantive control and significant variable interest entities for which the Corporation has determined that, based on the variable interests it holds, it is the primary beneficiary in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46R”), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities an interpretation of Accounting Research Board (“ARB”) No. 51 (revised December 2003). The primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity is the party that absorbs a majority of an entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of an entity’s expected residual returns, or both, as a result of holding variable interests. Variable interests are the ownership, contractual or other pecuniary interests in an entity. Investments in unconsolidated affiliates, in which the Corporation has 20 percent or more ownership interest and has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not substantive control, over the affiliates’ operating and financial policies, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting, unless the investment has been determined to be temporary. All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

 

The Corporation utilizes certain financing arrangements to meet its balance sheet management, funding, liquidity, and market or credit risk management needs. The majority of these activities are basic term or revolving securitization facilities. These facilities are generally funded through term-amortizing debt structures or with short-term commercial paper designed to be paid off based on the underlying cash flows of the assets securitized. These financing entities are contractually limited to a narrow range of activities that facilitate the transfer of or access to various types of assets or financial instruments. In certain situations, the Corporation provides liquidity and/or loss protection agreements. In determining whether the financing entity should be consolidated, the Corporation considers whether the entity is a qualifying special-purpose entity (“QSPE”) as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. For non-consolidation, a QSPE must be demonstrably distinct, have significantly limited permitted activities, hold assets that are restricted to transferred financial assets and related assets, and can sell or dispose of non-cash financial assets only in response to specified conditions.

 

Certain amounts in the 2002 and 2001 Consolidated Financial Statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2003 presentation.

 

 

58


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

Stock split—All per share data and certain other share information has been restated for the two-for-one split of the Corporation’s common stock in the form of a 100 percent stock dividend effective June 17, 2002.

 

Cash and cash equivalents—For purposes of the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Corporation defines cash and cash equivalents as short-term investments which have an original maturity of three months or less and are readily convertible into cash.

 

Securities—Securities, when purchased, are designated as Trading, Investment Securities Held to Maturity, or Investment Securities Available for Sale and remain in that category until they are sold or mature. The specific identification method is used in determining the cost of securities sold.

 

Trading Securities are carried at fair value, with adjustments to the carrying value reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Investment Securities Held to Maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. The Corporation designates investment securities as held to maturity only when it has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. All other securities are classified as Investment Securities Available for Sale and are carried at fair value with fair value adjustments net of the related income tax effects reported as a separate component of Shareholders’ equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Mortgage loans held for sale—Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market, determined on an aggregate basis, based on outstanding firm commitments received for such loans or on current market prices unless such loans have been designated as the hedged item in a hedging relationship.

 

Loans and leases—Interest on loans, other than direct financing leases, is recognized as income based on the loan principal outstanding during the period. Unearned income on financing leases is recognized over the lease term on a basis that results in an approximate level rate of return on the lease investment. Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when they are past due 90 days as to either interest or principal. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is charged to interest income on loans. A nonaccrual loan may be restored to an accrual basis when interest and principal payments are brought current and collectibility of future payments is not in doubt.

 

The Corporation defers and amortizes fees and certain incremental direct costs, primarily salary and employee benefit expenses, over the contractual term of the loan or lease as an adjustment to the yield. The unamortized net fees and costs are reported as part of the loan or lease balance outstanding.

 

The Corporation periodically reviews the residual values associated with its leasing portfolios. Declines in residual values that are judged to be other than temporary are recognized as a loss resulting in a reduction in the net investment in the lease.

 

Loan servicing—Fees related to the servicing of mortgage loans are recorded as income when payments are received from mortgagors. Fees related to the servicing of other loans are recorded as income when earned. The Corporation recognizes as separate assets rights to service loans when the loans are originated and sold with servicing retained, unless the contractual servicing fee is deemed to be adequate compensation. Since most residential loans have been sold with servicing released, loan servicing rights were not significant at December 31, 2003 or 2002.

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses—The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level believed adequate by management to absorb estimated probable losses in the loan and lease portfolio including loans that have been determined to be impaired. For impaired loans, impairment is measured using one of three alternatives: (1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (2) the loan’s observable market price, if available; or (3) the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans and loans for which foreclosure is deemed to be probable. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on a continual review of the loan and lease portfolio, loan and lease loss experience, economic conditions, growth and composition of the portfolio, and other relevant factors. As a result of management’s continual review, the allowance is adjusted through provisions for loan and lease losses charged against income.

 

59


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

Financial asset sales—The Corporation sells financial assets, in a two-step process that results in a surrender of control over the assets as evidenced by true-sale opinions from legal counsel, to unconsolidated entities that securitize the assets. The Corporation retains interests in the securitized assets in the form of interest-only strips and a cash reserve account. Gain or loss on sale of the assets depends in part on the carrying amount assigned to the assets sold allocated between the asset sold and retained interests based on their relative fair values at the date of transfer. The value of the retained interests is based on the present value of expected cash flows estimated using management’s best estimates of the key assumptions – credit losses, prepayment speeds, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved.

 

Premises and equipment—Land is recorded at cost. Premises and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated principally on the straight-line method with annual rates varying from 10 to 50 years for buildings and 3 to 10 years for equipment. Long-lived assets, which are considered impaired, are carried at fair value and long-lived assets to be disposed of are carried at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense and betterments are capitalized.

 

Other real estate owned—Other real estate owned consists primarily of assets that have been acquired in satisfaction of debts. Other real estate owned is recorded at fair value, less estimated selling costs, at the date of transfer. Valuation adjustments required at the date of transfer for assets acquired in satisfaction of debts are charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Subsequent to transfer, other real estate owned is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling costs, based upon periodic evaluations. Rental income from properties and gains on sales are included in other income, and property expenses, which include carrying costs, required valuation adjustments and losses on sales, are recorded in other expense. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, total other real estate amounted to $13,235 and $8,692, respectively.

 

Data processing services—Data processing and related revenues are recognized as services are performed based on amounts billable under the contracts. Processing services performed that have not been billed to customers are accrued. Revenue includes shipping and handling costs associated with such income producing activities.

 

Revenues attributable to the licensing of software are generally recognized upon delivery and performance of certain contractual obligations, provided that no significant vendor obligations remain and collection of the resulting receivable is deemed probable. Service revenues from customer maintenance fees for ongoing customer support and product updates are recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance period. Service revenues from training and consulting are recognized when the services are performed. Conversion revenues associated with the conversion of customers’ processing systems to Metavante’s processing systems are deferred and amortized over the period of the related processing contract, generally five years. Deferred revenues, which are included in Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, amounted to $48,620 and $48,601 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

Capitalized software and conversions—Direct costs associated with the production of computer software which will be licensed externally or used in a service bureau environment are capitalized and amortized on the straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the product, generally four years. Such capitalized costs are periodically evaluated for impairment and adjusted to net realizable value when impairment is indicated. Direct costs associated with customer system conversions to the data services operations are capitalized and amortized on the straight-line method over the terms of the related servicing contract. Routine maintenance of software products, design costs and development costs incurred prior to establishment of a product’s technological feasibility for software to be sold, are expensed as incurred.

 

Net unamortized costs, which are included in Accrued Interest and Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, at December 31 were:

 

     2003

   2002

Software

   $ 133,602    $ 138,517

Conversions

     30,678      35,901
    

  

Total

   $ 164,280    $ 174,418
    

  

 

60


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

Amortization expense was $60,840, $53,507 and $43,643, for 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. As a result of a shift in product strategy, Metavante determined that certain internally developed software will no longer be used and wrote-off $21,236 of such software in 2003. There were no significant write-downs or impairment charges in 2002. In 2001, as a result of Metavante’s 2001 acquisitions, $13,831 of existing software was replaced by the software obtained in the acquisitions and was written-off. See Note 4, Business Combinations for a description of Metavante’s acquisitions in 2001.

 

Goodwill and other intangibles—Goodwill arising from business combinations consummated prior to June 30, 2001 was amortized on the straight-line basis over periods ranging from 10 to 25 years and ceased to be amortized on January 1, 2002 upon the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 (“SFAS 142”), Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Goodwill arising from business combinations consummated after June 30, 2001 was not amortized. See Note 2.

 

The Corporation annually tests goodwill for impairment using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value of a reporting unit. For purposes of the test, the Corporation’s reporting units are the operating segments as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. The first step is a screen for potential impairment and the second step measures the amount of impairment, if any. See Note 11.

 

Identifiable intangibles with a finite useful life are amortized over their useful lives and primarily consist of core deposit intangibles and other identifiable intangibles arising from purchase acquisitions such as contract rights, tradenames or customer lists.

 

Identifiable intangibles that have been determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized but are subject to periodic tests for impairment. At December 31, 2003, the Corporation did not have any identifiable intangibles that have been determined to have an indefinite useful life.

 

Derivative financial instruments—Derivative financial instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, are carried in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. The fair value of the Corporation’s derivative financial instruments is determined based on quoted market prices for comparable transactions, if available, or a valuation model that calculates the present value of expected future cash flows.

 

Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. For derivative financial instruments designated as hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (fair value hedge), the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change together with the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. For derivative financial instruments designated as hedging the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge), the effective portion of the derivative financial instrument’s gain or loss is initially reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in earnings immediately.

 

At inception of a hedge, the Corporation formally documents the hedging relationship as well as the Corporation’s risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, including identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged, and how the hedging instrument’s effectiveness in hedging the exposure will be assessed.

 

The adjustment of the carrying amount of an interest bearing hedged asset or liability in a fair value hedge is amortized into earnings when the hedged item ceases to be adjusted for changes in its fair value attributable to the risk being hedged.

 

If a cash flow hedge is discontinued because it is probable that the original forecasted transaction will not occur, the net gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income is immediately reclassified into earnings. If the cash flow hedge is sold, terminated, expires or the designation of the cash flow hedge is removed, the net gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income is reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.

 

61


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

Cash flows from derivative financial instruments are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as operating activities.

 

Foreign exchange contracts—Foreign exchange contracts include such commitments as foreign currency spot, forward, future and option contracts. Foreign exchange contracts and the premiums on options written or sold are carried at market value with changes in market value included in other income.

 

Treasury stock—Treasury stock acquired is recorded at cost and is carried as a reduction of shareholders’ equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Treasury stock issued is valued based on average cost. The difference between the consideration received upon issuance and the average cost is charged or credited to additional paid-in capital.

 

New accounting pronouncements—In April 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 149 (“SFAS 149”), Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This Statement amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivatives instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under FASB Statement No. 133 (“SFAS 133”), Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The amendments to SFAS 133 fall principally into three categories: amendments related to SFAS 133 Implementation Issues that were previously cleared by the FASB during the Derivatives Implementation Group process, amendments clarifying the definition of a derivative and amendments relating to the definition of expected cash flows in FASB Concepts Statement No. 7, Using Cash Flow Information and Present Value in Accounting Measurement. SFAS 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003. The provisions of SFAS 149 that related to SFAS 133 Implementation Issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003, continue to be applied in accordance with their respective effective dates. In addition, those provisions of SFAS 149, which relate to forward purchases or sales of when-issued securities or other securities that do not yet exist, are applied to both existing contracts and new contracts entered into after June 30, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 149 did not materially impact the Corporation’s accounting for derivatives and hedging activities.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 150 (“SFAS 150”), Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. This Statement prescribes how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments. Financial instruments within the scope of SFAS 150 are required to be classified as liabilities (or assets in some circumstances). Many of those instruments were previously classified as equity. Examples of financial instruments that are within the scope of SFAS 150 include: mandatorily redeemable equity shares, forward purchase contracts or written put options on the issuer’s equity shares that are to be physically settled or net cash settled and payables that can be settled with a variable number of the issuer’s equity shares. SFAS 150 does not apply to features that are embedded in a financial instrument that is not a derivative in its entirety. Financial instruments that are not within the scope of SFAS 150 include: convertible debt, puttable stock or other outstanding shares that are conditionally redeemable. SFAS 150 was effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise was effective for the Corporation July 1, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have a material impact on the Corporation.

 

In December 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee issued Statement of Position 03-3 (“SOP 03-3”), Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer. SOP 03-3 addresses accounting for differences between contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected from an investor’s initial investment in loans or debt securities acquired in a transfer if those differences are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. It includes loans or debt securities acquired individually, in a pool or group or in a purchase business combination. SOP 03-3 does not apply to loans originated by an entity. SOP 03-3 limits the yield that may be accreted (accretable yield) to the excess of the investor’s estimate of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows over the investor’s initial investment in the loan. The excess of contractual cash flows over the estimated expected cash flows to be collected (nonaccretable difference) cannot be recognized as an adjustment of the yield, loss accrual or valuation allowance at the date of transfer. Subsequent increases in cash flows expected to be collected generally will be recognized prospectively through an adjustment to the yield over the remaining life. Subsequent decreases in cash flows expected to be collected will be recognized as impairment.

 

62


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

SOP 03-3 prohibits investors from displaying accretable yield or nonaccretable difference in the balance sheet and also prohibits carrying over or creation of a valuation allowance in the initial accounting of all loans acquired in a transfer that are within the scope of SOP 03-3. The prohibition of the valuation allowance carryover applies to the purchase of an individual loan, pool or group of loans and loans acquired in a business combination.

 

SOP 03-3 is effective for loans acquired in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004. The Corporation anticipates that in order to adopt SOP 03-3 certain modifications to its loan systems may be required in order to accommodate the accounting and disclosures prescribed by SOP 03-3. In addition, the Corporation anticipates that earnings volatility could increase based on the periodic changes in accretable yield and non-accretable difference that can arise from revised cash flow projections.

 

2. Changes in Method of Accounting

 

On January 1, 2001, the Corporation adopted SFAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS 133 established accounting and reporting standards requiring that every derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. The statement requires that changes in the derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. The effects of adopting SFAS 133 are as follows:

 

     Consolidated
Income
Statement


   

Other

Comprehensive

Income

(Equity)


 

Fair value hedges

   $ (628 )   $ —    

Cash flow hedges

     (43 )     (15,665 )
    


 


       (671 )     (15,665 )

Income tax benefit

     235       5,483  
    


 


Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles

   $ (436 )   $ (10,182 )
    


 


 

See Note 21 for additional information regarding the Corporation’s use of derivative financial instruments.

 

On January 1, 2002, the Corporation adopted SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. This statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets and supercedes APB Opinion No. 17, Intangible Assets. SFAS 142 prescribes the accounting and reporting for intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets (but not those acquired in a business combination) upon their acquisition. SFAS 142 also prescribes how goodwill and other intangible assets should be accounted for after they have been initially recognized in the financial statements.

 

Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives will not be amortized under the new standard but rather will be tested annually for impairment. Intangible assets with finite lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives, but without the constraint of the prescribed ceilings required under APB Opinion 17.

 

63


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

Pro forma income before cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles and related earnings per share after giving effect to the nonamortization provision of SFAS 142 are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2003

   2002

   2001

Income before cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles

   $ 544,105    $ 480,327    $ 337,921

Adjustments:

                    

Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

     —        —        15,355
    

  

  

Pro forma income before cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles

   $ 544,105    $ 480,327    $ 353,276
    

  

  

Pro forma earnings per share:

                    

Income before cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles:

                    

Basic

   $ 2.41    $ 2.24    $ 1.67

Diluted

     2.38      2.16      1.62

 

On December 31, 2003, the Corporation adopted FIN 46 and FIN 46R, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities an interpretation of ARB No. 51 (revised December 2003). While the Corporation determined it had variable interests in variable interest entities, the Corporation concluded that it was not the primary beneficiary as those terms are defined in FIN 46 and FIN 46R and therefore, no new entities were required to be included in the consolidated financial statements of the Corporation as of December 31, 2003. However, the Corporation concluded that it should de-consolidate the special purpose entity, M&I Capital Trust A (the “Trust”), that was formed in 1996 to issue cumulative preferred capital securities and holds, as its sole asset, junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (subordinated debt) issued by the Corporation. As a matter of policy, the Corporation has always elected to classify the guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Trust as long-term borrowings and the semi-annual distributions as interest expense for financial reporting purposes in prior periods when the accounts of the Trust were included in the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 2003, the junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (subordinated debt) issued by the Corporation are included in long-term borrowings (See Note 14) and are shown net of the portion attributable to the common interest in the Trust which is held by the Corporation. Therefore, there was no significant impact on the consolidated financial statements from de-consolidating the Trust.

 

For further discussion relating to the variable interests the Corporation holds in variable interest entities see Note 9.

 

3. Earnings Per Share

 

The following presents a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted per share computations. All share and related per share amounts reflect the two-for-one stock split in the form of a stock dividend which was effective June 17, 2002 (dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2003

     Income
(Numerator)


   Average
Shares
(Denominator)


  

Per

Share

Amount


Net income

   $ 544,105            

Convertible preferred dividends

     —              
    

           

Basic earnings per share:

                  

Income available to common shareholders

     544,105    226,139    $ 2.41
                

Effect of dilutive securities:

                  

Convertible preferred stock

     —      —         

Stock option, restricted stock and performance plans

     —      2,146       
    

  
      

Diluted earnings per share:

                  

Income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

   $ 544,105    228,285    $ 2.38
                

 

64


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2002

     Income
(Numerator)


    Average
Shares
(Denominator)


  

Per

Share

Amount


Net income

   $ 480,327             

Convertible preferred dividends

     (4,806 )           
    


          

Basic earnings per share:

                   

Income available to common shareholders

     475,521     212,618    $ 2.24
                 

Effect of dilutive securities:

                   

Convertible preferred stock

     4,806     7,415       

Stock option, restricted stock and performance plans

         2,015       
    


 
      

Diluted earnings per share:

                   

Income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

   $ 480,327     222,048    $ 2.16
                 

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2001

     Income
(Numerator)


    Average
Shares
(Denominator)


  

Per

Share

Amount


Net income

   $ 337,485             

Convertible preferred dividends

     (4,363 )           
    


          

Basic earnings per share:

                   

Income available to common shareholders

     333,122     208,412    $ 1.60
                 

Effect of dilutive securities:

                   

Convertible preferred stock

     4,363     7,688       

Stock option, restricted stock and performance plans

         2,164       
    


 
      

Diluted earnings per share:

                   

Income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

   $ 337,485     218,264    $ 1.55
                 

 

Options to purchase shares of common stock not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the options’ exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares for the years ended December 31, are as follows:

 

Years Ended December 31,


   Price Range

   Shares

2003

   $ 31.045       $ 38.250    7,021

2002

     29.700         33.938    6,411

2001

     27.656         35.031    8,269

 

4. Business Combinations

 

The following acquisitions, which were not considered material business combinations individually or in the aggregate, were completed during 2003:

 

In November 2003, Metavante acquired the assets of Printing For Systems, Inc., a Connecticut corporation engaged in the business of printing and delivery of identification cards and other documents for the healthcare insurance industry, including non-financial data processing and direct mail services in connection with such services. Metavante believes this acquisition leverages its financial technology servicing expertise into the healthcare insurance industry and demonstrates its commitment to supporting the growth in the market for electronic funds transfer and card solutions. The total cost of this acquisition was $25.0 million which was paid in cash. For three years beginning in 2004, additional contingent payments may be made each year if certain annual revenue and profitability targets are achieved subject to certain other conditions. The maximum total contingent consideration over the three-year contingency period is $25.0 million. Approximately $3.8 million of the aggregate purchase price paid has been placed in escrow to absorb contingencies adverse to Metavante. The contingency period is eighteen months. Contingent payments, if made or returned from escrow, will be reflected as an adjustment to goodwill.

 

There was no in-process research and development acquired in this acquisition. The estimated identifiable intangible to be amortized (customer list) with an estimated life of 8.0 years amounted to $6.0 million. Initial

 

65


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

goodwill, subject to the completion of appraisals and valuations of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, amounted to $17.3 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are deductible for tax purposes.

 

In May 2003, the Corporation’s Trust subsidiary entered into an agreement to purchase for cash certain segments of the employee benefit plan business of a national banking association located in Missouri. This acquisition enhances the Trust subsidiary’s presence in Missouri and complements the Missouri acquisition by the Banking segment in October 2002. The acquired segments will be transferred to the Corporation’s Trust subsidiary in accordance with an established conversion schedule that is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2004. The total cost of this acquisition, subject to certain adjustments, was $4.0 million and is payable in installments. The first installment equal to one half of the total cost was paid December 31, 2003. The total purchase price is further subject to additional payments up to $7.0 million contingent upon certain revenue targets achieved one year from the completion date of the acquisition. Contingent payments, if made, will be reflected as adjustments to goodwill.

 

The estimated identifiable intangible to be amortized (customer list) with an estimated life of 7.5 years amounted to $4.7 million. No initial goodwill was recorded in this transaction, subject to the completion of appraisals and valuations of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The intangible resulting from this transaction is deductible for tax purposes.

 

The following acquisitions, which were not considered material business combinations individually or in the aggregate, were completed during 2002:

 

On October 1, 2002, the Corporation acquired 100 percent of the outstanding common shares of Mississippi Valley Bancshares, Inc. (“Mississippi Valley”). Mississippi Valley, a bank holding company headquartered in St. Louis, Missouri consisted of three bank subsidiaries with eight offices located in St. Louis, Missouri; Belleville, Illinois; and Phoenix, Arizona and had total consolidated assets of $2.1 billion and total consolidated shareholders’ equity of $178.9 million at September 30, 2002. The Corporation believes that the merger presents a unique opportunity to expand its operations into the St. Louis, Missouri area and to expand its current operations in the Phoenix, Arizona area. The aggregate purchase price was $486.0 million including $255.2 million of cash and 8.25 million shares of common stock valued at $230.8 million based on the average price over the contractual pricing period. Identifiable intangibles to be amortized (core deposit and tradename) with a weighted average life of 8.5 years amounted to $72.7 million. Goodwill amounted to $285.0 million and was assigned to the Corporation’s banking segment. The goodwill and intangibles are not deductible for tax purposes. In January 2003, the Arizona bank subsidiary was merged into M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank, the Corporation’s lead bank and in November 2003, the Belleville bank subsidiary was merged into the St. Louis bank subsidiary.

 

On March 1, 2002 the Corporation acquired 100 percent of the outstanding common stock of Richfield State Agency, Inc. (“Richfield”) and Century Bancshares, Inc. (“Century”), both Minnesota bank holding companies. Richfield and Century provide retail and commercial loan and deposit services. In addition, Richfield provided fiduciary and agency trust services. Richfield and Century serve customers within the Minneapolis, Minnesota metropolitan area. The Corporation believes that these mergers present a unique opportunity to expand its current operations in the Minneapolis, Minnesota metropolitan area. Richfield and Century had combined total consolidated assets of approximately $1.1 billion and combined total consolidated shareholders’ equity of $84.8 million at the time the mergers were consummated. The aggregate purchase price was $216.5 million including $29.9 million of cash and 6.2 million shares (post-split) of common stock valued at $186.6 million based on the average price over their respective contractual pricing periods. Identifiable intangibles to be amortized (core deposit and trust customer) with a weighted average life of 6.1 years amounted to $24.1 million. Goodwill amounted to $132.6 million. Goodwill assigned to the Corporation’s banking segment amounted to $129.2 million and the remainder was assigned to the Corporation’s Trust reporting unit. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from each transaction are not deductible for tax purposes. In June 2002, the former bank subsidiaries of Richfield and Century were merged into M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank, the Corporation’s lead bank.

 

In 2002, Metavante acquired the assets of the following three entities for a total cost of $20.6 million which was paid in cash subject to additional payments up to $10.0 million contingent upon certain revenue targets achieved two years from the date that acquisition was closed. Approximately $2.3 million of the aggregate purchase price paid has been placed in escrow to absorb contingencies adverse to Metavante. The contingency periods range from one to two years. Contingent payments, if made or returned from escrow, will be reflected as adjustments to goodwill.

 

66


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

In July 2002, Metavante acquired substantially all the assets of Paytrust, Inc. a privately held online bill management company based in Lawrenceville, New Jersey. Through this acquisition, Metavante consolidated its consumer service provider operations onto one technology platform with the technology acquired in 2001 from Cyberbills, Inc. Integration costs, primarily related to operating duplicated platforms during transition, amounted to $5.7 million after-tax and were incurred over the nine-month period ending in the first quarter of 2003. Such after-tax costs amounted to $4.2 million in 2002 and $1.5 million in 2003.

 

In August 2002, Metavante acquired the assets of Spectrum EBP, LLC. Through this acquisition Metavante acquired an open interoperable switch for exchanging online bills and payments. This link will enable the delivery of bills from many billers to more consumers.

 

In May 2002, Metavante acquired the assets of BenePlan, Inc., a provider of third party plan administration services for retirement benefit plans. Metavante believes this acquisition provides an opportunity to expand its current operations by leveraging off the 2001 acquisition of 401kservices.com, inc.

 

There was no in-process research and development acquired in any of Metavante’s acquisitions in 2002. Identifiable intangibles to be amortized (customer lists and contracts) with a weighted average life of 9.8 years amounted to $6.7 million. Goodwill amounted to $14.4 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from each transaction are deductible for tax purposes.

 

The following acquisitions, which were not considered material business combinations individually or in the aggregate, were completed during 2001:

 

On August 1, 2001, the Corporation acquired 100 percent of the common stock of National City Bancorporation (“National City”), a Minneapolis, Minnesota-based bank holding company. National City had total consolidated assets of approximately $1.1 billion and total consolidated shareholders’ equity of $152.3 million at the time of the merger. The Corporation believes that this merger presented a unique opportunity to expand its current operations and establish an increased presence in the Minneapolis, Minnesota metropolitan area. Total consideration consisted of 9.1 million shares (post-split) of the Corporation’s common stock and cash for fractional shares which was exchanged for the outstanding common stock of National City in a tax-free reorganization using the purchase method of accounting. The aggregate purchase price was $267.7 million using a price that approximated the average price of the Corporation’s common shares over the 2-day period before and after the merger was completed. The core deposit intangible recorded in this transaction had a weighted average life of 6.3 years and amounted to $14.5 million. Goodwill amounted to $116.7 million. Approximately $115.4 million of the goodwill was assigned to the Banking segment and the remainder was assigned to the Corporation’s Trust reporting unit. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction are not deductible for tax purposes. In November 2001, the former bank subsidiary of National City was merged into M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank, the Corporation’s lead bank.

 

Also during the third quarter of 2001, the Corporation acquired for cash twelve branches located in Arizona which had total assets of $538 million, loans of approximately $345 million and deposits of approximately $455 million at the time of acquisition. These transactions were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The core deposit intangible recorded in this transaction amounted to $7.4 million. Total goodwill amounted to $53.1 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction were assigned to the Banking segment and are deductible for tax purposes.

 

In 2001, Metavante made the following four acquisitions for a total cost of $63.8 million which was paid in cash subject to additional payments up to $10.0 million contingent upon certain revenue targets achieved. Approximately $5.2 million of the aggregate purchase price paid has been placed in escrow to absorb contingencies adverse to Metavante. Contingent payments, if made or returned from escrow, will be reflected as adjustments to goodwill.

 

67


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

On December 20, 2001, Metavante acquired all of the outstanding common stock of 401kservices.com, inc., a third-party administrator of 401(k), pension and profit-sharing plans for companies located throughout the United States. The Company is headquartered in Appleton, Wisconsin with offices in Arizona and California and is the second-largest independent plan administration firm in the United States. Metavante believes this acquisition provides a unique opportunity to expand its wealth management offerings to small businesses.

 

On September 20, 2001, Metavante acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of the North American Internet banking unit of Brokat Technologies (“Brokat”). The Brokat transaction added leading technology for consumer, business and corporate e-Banking applications.

 

The costs, recorded in the third quarter of 2001, associated with the consolidation of certain technology platforms and data centers amounted to $34.5 million and consisted of severance of $3.8 million, facility closure charges of $10.2 million and write-offs of exiting technology and software, which were replaced by the Brokat technology and software, of $20.5 million.

 

On June 20, 2001, Metavante acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Cyberbills, Inc. (“Cyberbills”), an electronic bill and presentment application service provider, offering comprehensive bill management services that allow consumers and businesses to view, pay, manage and automate all of their bills-paper or electronic-online.

 

On June 1, 2001, Metavante acquired all of the outstanding common and preferred stock of Derivion Corporation (“Derivion”). Through three core electronic billing applications, Derivion enables billers of all sizes to automate and streamline bill delivery, payment and customer-care processes.

 

In conjunction with the Cyberbills and Derivion transactions, Metavante incurred approximately $7.2 million in charges to write-off other technologies and investments replaced by these acquisitions in the second quarter of 2001. In addition, approximately $3.5 million of transition related charges were incurred in each of the third and fourth quarters of 2001, respectively.

 

There was no in-process research and development acquired in any of Metavante’s acquisitions in 2001. Total identifiable intangibles to be amortized (customer lists) with a weighted average life of 7.8 years amounted to $5.8 million. Total goodwill amounted to $78.1 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from each transaction are deductible for tax purposes.

 

The results of operations of the acquired entities have been included in the consolidated results since the dates the transactions were closed.

 

5. Cash and Due from Banks

 

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, $46,762 and $33,552, respectively of cash and due from banks was restricted, primarily due to requirements of the Federal Reserve System to maintain certain reserve balances.

 

68


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

6. Securities

 

The book and market values of selected securities at December 31 were:

 

     2003

   2002

     Amortized
Cost


   Market
Value


   Amortized
Cost


  

Market

Value


Investment Securities Available for Sale:

                           

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 3,856,069    $ 3,886,278    $ 3,201,364    $ 3,266,144

States and political subdivisions

     274,968      299,321      246,646      265,470

Mortgage backed securities

     147,868      149,990      163,796      162,268

Other

     443,186      450,857      565,969      572,490
    

  

  

  

Total

   $ 4,722,091    $ 4,786,446    $ 4,177,775    $ 4,266,372
    

  

  

  

Investment Securities Held to Maturity:

                           

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ —      $ —      $ 30    $ 30

States and political subdivisions

     818,065      871,128      939,158      990,276

Other

     2,821      2,821      3,631      3,631
    

  

  

  

Total

   $ 820,886    $ 873,949    $ 942,819    $ 993,937
    

  

  

  

 

The unrealized gains and losses of selected securities at December 31 were:

 

     2003

   2002

     Unrealized
Gains


   Unrealized
Losses


   Unrealized
Gains


  

Unrealized

Losses


Investment Securities Available for Sale:

                           

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 42,337    $ 12,128    $ 64,883    $ 103

States and political subdivisions

     24,882      529      18,838      14

Mortgage backed securities

     2,122      —        300      1,828

Other

     7,764      93      6,568      47
    

  

  

  

Total

   $ 77,105    $ 12,750    $ 90,589    $ 1,992
    

  

  

  

Investment Securities Held to Maturity:

                           

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —  

States and political subdivisions

     53,111      48      51,151      33

Other

     —        —        —        —  
    

  

  

  

Total

   $ 53,111    $ 48    $ 51,151    $ 33
    

  

  

  

 

The book value and market value of selected securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2003 were:

 

     Investment Securities
Available for Sale


   Investment Securities
Held to Maturity


     Amortized
Cost


   Market
Value


   Amortized
Cost


  

Market

Value


Within one year

   $ 435,789    $ 437,302    $ 81,804    $ 83,322

From one through five years

     3,069,134      3,096,725      244,697      261,344

From five through ten years

     825,511      840,309      195,144      210,505

After ten years

     391,657      412,110      299,241      318,778
    

  

  

  

Total

   $ 4,722,091    $ 4,786,446    $ 820,886    $ 873,949
    

  

  

  

 

The gross investment securities gains and losses amounted to $36,784 and $15,212 in 2003, $7,746 and $14,017 in 2002, and $30,117 and $36,876 in 2001, respectively. See the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the proceeds from the sale of investment securities.

 

The amount of income tax (expense) or benefit related to net securities transactions amounted to $(7,543), $2,195, and $3,201 in 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively.

 

69


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

At December 31, 2003, securities with a value of approximately $1,027,343 were pledged to secure public deposits, short-term borrowings, and for other purposes required by law.

 

7. Loans and Leases

 

Loans and Leases at December 31 were:

 

     2003

   2002

Commercial, financial and agricultural

   $ 7,104,844    $ 6,867,091

Cash flow hedging instruments at fair value

     5,830      4,423
    

  

Commercial, financial and agricultural

     7,110,674      6,871,514

Real estate:

             

Construction

     1,330,526      1,058,144

Residential mortgage

     7,270,531      6,758,650

Commercial mortgage

     7,149,149      6,586,332

Personal

     1,747,738      1,852,202

Lease financing

     576,322      782,004
    

  

Total loans and leases

   $ 25,184,940    $ 23,908,846
    

  

 

Residential mortgage loans held for sale amounted to $34,623 and $311,077 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and are included in residential mortgages in the table previously presented.

 

The Corporation’s lending activities are concentrated primarily in the Midwest. Approximately 9% of its portfolio consists of loans granted to customers located in Arizona, 11% of the loans are to customers in Minnesota and 5% to customers located in Missouri. The Corporation’s loan portfolio consists of business loans extending across many industry types, as well as loans to individuals. As of December 31, 2003, total loans to any group of customers engaged in similar activities and having similar economic characteristics, as defined by the North American Industry Classification System, did not exceed 10% of total loans.

 

The Corporation evaluates the credit risk of each customer on an individual basis and, where deemed appropriate, collateral is obtained. Collateral varies by individual loan customer but may include accounts receivable, inventory, real estate, equipment, deposits, personal and government guaranties, and general security agreements. Access to collateral is dependent upon the type of collateral obtained. On an on-going basis, the Corporation monitors its collateral and the collateral value related to the loan balance outstanding.

 

The Corporation periodically reviews the residual values associated with its leasing portfolios. Declines in residual values that are judged to be other than temporary are recognized as a loss resulting in a reduction in the net investment in the lease.

 

During 2000, the Corporation began to realize residual losses in its consumer indirect automobile lease portfolio reflecting a decline in used vehicle values partially attributable to an increase in supply of used vehicles. An in-depth review was performed to determine whether a permanent impairment charge was required.

 

The Corporation hired a nationally recognized valuation firm that specialized in determining future vehicle values. This study, which projected future vehicle values, updated for subsequent production, was the foundation for the determination that an impairment charge was required. Assumptions such as return rates and insurance proceeds were used in the final determination of the $9.5 million estimated amount of impairment.

 

Throughout the first half of 2001, the value of used vehicles continued to decline at unprecedented rates. The quarterly impairment review using the new estimated future vehicle values, return rates, and insurance proceeds was performed. Based upon this analysis, it was determined that an additional $25.0 million residual impairment charge was required in the second quarter of 2001.

 

Based on its quarterly reviews and valuations, no additional residual impairment losses were incurred in the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. Total automobile lease residual value losses recognized in 2001 amounted to $35,132. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, gains and losses, after the write-downs, resulting from the disposal of automobiles were not material.

 

70


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

In connection with the ongoing periodic assessment of the carrying value assigned to residual values with emphasis placed on industries experiencing financial difficulties, the Corporation determined that certain residual values associated with its commercial lease portfolio were impaired. During 2002, the Corporation’s commercial leasing subsidiary recorded a residual impairment loss of $6,848.

 

An analysis of loans outstanding to directors and officers, including their related interests, of the Corporation and its significant subsidiaries for 2003 is presented in the following table. All of these loans were made in the ordinary course of business with normal credit terms, including interest rates and collateral. The beginning balance has been adjusted to reflect the activity of newly-appointed directors and executive officers.

 

Loans to directors and executive officers:

 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 98,001  

New loans

     475,869  

Repayments

     (448,999 )
    


Balance, end of year

   $ 124,871  
    


 

8. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

An analysis of the allowance for loan and lease losses follows:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 338,409     $ 268,198     $ 235,115  

Allowance of loans and leases acquired

     —         39,813       19,151  

Provision charged to expense

     62,993       74,416       54,115  

Charge-offs

     (69,663 )     (55,289 )     (48,609 )

Recoveries

     17,822       11,271       8,426  
    


 


 


Balance, end of year

   $ 349,561     $ 338,409     $ 268,198  
    


 


 


 

The allowance for loan and lease losses acquired in branch and bank acquisitions is consistent with the estimate of probable losses as determined by the seller financial institution.

 

As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, nonaccrual loans and leases totaled $166,387 and $188,232, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2003 and 2002 the Corporation’s recorded investment in impaired loans and leases and the related valuation allowance are as follows:

 

     2003

   2002

     Recorded
Investment


    Valuation
Allowance


   Recorded
Investment


   

Valuation

Allowance


Total impaired loans and leases (Nonaccrual and renegotiated)

   $ 166,665            $ 188,558        

Loans and leases excluded from individual evaluation

     (66,912 )            (60,801 )      
    


        


     

Impaired loans evaluated

   $ 99,753            $ 127,757        
    


        


     

Valuation allowance required

   $ 32,021     $ 12,197    $ 47,382     $ 18,663

No valuation allowance required

     67,732       —        80,375       —  
    


 

  


 

Impaired loans evaluated

   $ 99,753     $ 12,197    $ 127,757     $ 18,663
    


 

  


 

 

The recorded investment in impaired loans for which no allowance is required is net of applications of cash interest payments and net of previous direct writedowns of $23,529 in 2003 and $31,916 in 2002 against the loan balances outstanding. The required valuation allowance is included in the allowance for loan and lease losses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

71


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

The average recorded investment in total impaired loans and leases for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 amounted to $201,280 and $178,172, respectively.

 

Interest payments received on impaired loans and leases are recorded as interest income unless collection of the remaining recorded investment is doubtful at which time payments received are recorded as reductions of principal. Interest income recognized on total impaired loans and leases amounted to $7,841 in 2003, $9,726 in 2002, and $10,295 in 2001. The gross income that would have been recognized had such loans and leases been performing in accordance with their original terms would have been $12,378 in 2003, $14,366 in 2002, and $12,846 in 2001.

 

9. Variable Interest Entities and Financial Asset Sales

 

The Corporation sells indirect automobile loans to an unconsolidated multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduit or basic term vehicle, in securitization transactions in accordance with SFAS 140. Servicing responsibilities and subordinated interests are retained. The Corporation receives annual servicing fees based on the loan balances outstanding and rights to future cash flows arising after investors in the securitization trusts have received their contractual return and after certain administrative costs of operating the trusts. The investors and the securitization trusts have no recourse to the Corporation’s other assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. The Corporation’s retained interests are subordinate to investors’ interests. Their value is subject to credit, prepayment and interest rate risks on the transferred financial assets.

 

During 2003, 2002 and 2001, the Corporation recognized gains of $2,719, $7,243 and $7,944, respectively, on the securitization of automobile loans. Trading income associated with related interest swaps amounted to $921, $9,855 and $3,090 in 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively.

 

During 2003 and 2002, the Corporation recognized impairment losses of $4,082 and $1,540, respectively, which are included in net investment securities gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The impairment was a result of the differences between actual prepayments and credit losses experienced compared to the expected prepayments and credit losses used in initially measuring retained interests. The impairment on the retained interests, held in the form of interest-only strips, was deemed to be other than temporary.

 

The values of retained interests are based on cash flow models which incorporate key assumptions. Key economic assumptions used in measuring the retained interests at the date of securitization resulting from securitizations completed during the year were as follows (rate per annum):

 

     2003

    2002

 

Prepayment speed (CPR)

   19 – 35 %   18 – 42 %

Weighted average life (in months)

   15.9     16.3  

Expected credit losses (based on original balance)

   0.03 – 0.66 %   0.15 – 0.50 %

Residual cash flow discount rate

   12.0     12.0  

Variable returns to transferees

   Forward one month LIBOR yield curve  

 

For 2003, the prepayment speed and expected credit loss estimates are based on historical prepayment rates and credit losses on similar assets. The prepayment speed ramps from an initial 19% to 35% in month thirty-four. The expected loss is based in part on whether the loan is on a new or used vehicle. For loans on new vehicles, losses are expected beginning in month six and ramp up to 0.20% in month thirty-nine. For used vehicles, losses are expected beginning in month six and ramp up to 0.66% in month forty-five. The expected credit losses are based on the original loan balances.

 

72


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

Retained interests and other assets consisted of the following at December 31:

 

     2003

   2002

Interest – only strips

   $ 31,392    $ 35,539

Cash collateral account

     10,382      7,395

Servicing advances

     246      140
    

  

Total retained interests

   $ 42,020    $ 43,074
    

  

Interest rate swap

   $ —      $ 552
    

  

 

At December 31, 2003 key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of residual cash flows to immediate 10 percent and 20 percent adverse changes in those assumptions are as follows ($ in millions):

 

           Adverse Change
in Assumptions


           10%

   20%

Weighted average life (in months)

   15.9               

Prepayment speed

   19–35 %             

Impact on fair value of adverse change

         $ 1.5    $ 3.0

Expected credit losses (based on original balance)

   0.03–0.66 %             

Impact on fair value of adverse change

           0.6      1.1

Residual cash flows discount rate (annual)

   12.0 %             

Impact on fair value of adverse change

           0.4      0.7

 

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10 percent adverse variation in assumptions generally can not be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of an adverse variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without changing any other assumption. Realistically, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments and increased credit losses), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

 

Actual and projected net credit losses represented 0.50% of total automobile loans that have been securitized at December 31, 2003, based on balances at the time of the initial securitization.

 

The following table summarizes certain cash flows received from and paid to the securitization trusts for the years ended December 31:

 

     2003

    2002

 

Proceeds from new securitizations

   $ 784,465     $ 552,131  

Servicing fees received

     4,682       2,925  

Net charge-offs

     (2,074 )     (1,185 )

Cash collateral account transfers, net

     (2,987 )     (694 )

Other cash flows received on retained interests, net

     32,919       19,410  

 

At December 31, 2003 securitized automobile loans and other automobile loans managed together with them along with delinquency and credit loss information consisted of the following:

 

     Securitized

   Portfolio

   Total
Managed


Loan balances

   $ 1,050,397    $ 93,399    $ 1,143,796

Principal amounts of loans 60 days or more past due

     816      349      1,165

Net credit losses

     2,069      175      2,244

 

73


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

The Corporation also sells, from time to time, debt securities classified as available for sale that are highly rated to an unconsolidated bankruptcy remote qualifying special purpose entity (“QSPE”) whose activities are limited to issuing highly rated asset-backed commercial paper with maturities up to 180 days which is used to finance the purchase of the investment securities. The Bank provides liquidity back-up in the form of Liquidity Purchase Agreements. In addition, the Bank acts as counterparty to interest rate swaps that enable the QSPE to hedge its interest rate risk. Such swaps are designated as trading in the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Under the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Bank, as administrator of the QSPE, is required to sell interests in the securities funded by the QSPE to the Bank as the liquidity purchaser under the liquidity agreements, if at any time (after giving effect to any issuance of new commercial paper notes and the receipt of payments under any swap agreement) the QSPE has insufficient funds to repay any maturing commercial paper note and the Bank, as liquidity agent, has received a notice of such deficiency. The Bank, as the liquidity provider, will be obligated to purchase interests in such securities under the terms of the liquidity agreement to repay the maturing commercial paper notes unless (i) after giving effect to such purchase, the aggregate of securities, purchased under the relevant liquidity agreement would exceed the aggregate maximum liquidity purchase amount under such liquidity agreement or (ii) certain bankruptcy events with respect to the QSPE have occurred; provided that the Bank is not required to purchase any defaulted security. For this purpose, a defaulted security is any security that is rated below “Caa2” by Moody’s and below “CCC” by Standard & Poors. To date, the Bank has never acquired interests in any securities under the terms of the liquidity agreements.

 

A subsidiary of the Bank has entered into interest rate swaps with the QSPE designed to counteract the interest rate risk associated with third party beneficial interest (commercial paper) and the transferred assets. The beneficial interests in the form of commercial paper have been issued by the QSPE to parties other than the Bank and its subsidiary or any other affiliates. The notional amounts do not exceed the amount of beneficial interests. The swap agreements do not provide the QSPE or its administrative agent any decision-making authority other than those specified in the standard ISDA Master Agreement.

 

Highly rated investment securities in the amount of $204.9 million and $182.0 million were outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, in the QSPE to support the outstanding commercial paper.

 

The Corporation also holds other variable interests in variable interest entities.

 

The Corporation is committed to community reinvestment and is required under federal law to take affirmative steps to meet the credit needs of the local communities it serves. The Corporation regularly invests in or lends to entities that own residential facilities that provide housing for low-to-moderate income families (affordable housing projects) or own commercial properties that are involved in historical preservations (rehabilitation projects). These projects are generally located within the geographic markets served by the Corporation’s banking segment. The Corporation’s involvement in these entities is limited to providing funding in the form of subordinated debt or equity interests. At December 31, 2003, investments in the form of subordinated debt represented an insignificant involvement in four unrelated entities.

 

Generally, the economic benefit from the equity investments consists of the income tax benefits obtained from the Corporation’s allocated operating losses from the partnership that are tax deductible, allocated income tax credits for projects that qualify under the Internal Revenue Code and in some cases, participation in the proceeds from the eventual disposition of the property. The Corporation uses the equity method of accounting to account for these investments. To the extent a project qualifies for income tax credits, the project must continue to qualify as an affordable housing project for fifteen years or a rehabilitation project for five years in order to avoid recapture of the income tax credit which generally defines the time the Corporation will be involved in a project.

 

The Corporation’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with these entities is generally limited to the carrying value of these investments plus any unfunded commitments on projects that are not completed. At December 31, 2003, the aggregate carrying value of the subordinated debt and equity investments was $11,478 and the amount of unfunded commitments outstanding was $4,558.

 

74


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

10. Premises and Equipment

 

The composition of premises and equipment at December 31 was:

 

     2003

   2002

Land

   $ 68,517    $ 63,255

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     458,637      450,026

Furniture and equipment

     498,426      483,541
    

  

       1,025,580      996,822

Less accumulated depreciation

     587,095      554,427
    

  

Total premises and equipment

   $ 438,485    $ 442,395
    

  

 

Depreciation expense was $68,247 in 2003, $71,455 in 2002, and $68,440 in 2001.

 

The Corporation leases certain of its facilities and equipment. Rent expense under such operating leases was $68,882 in 2003, $71,594 in 2002, and $64,889 in 2001, respectively.

 

The future minimum lease payments under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancellable lease terms in excess of one year for 2004 through 2008 are $32,749, $27,819, $19,493, $15,418, and $11,430, respectively.

 

11. Goodwill and Intangibles

 

On January 1, 2002, the Corporation adopted SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. SFAS 142 adopts an aggregate view of goodwill and bases the accounting for goodwill on the units of the combined entity into which an acquired entity is integrated (those units are referred to as Reporting Units). A Reporting Unit is an operating segment as defined in SFAS 131 or one level below an operating segment.

 

SFAS 142 provides specific guidance for testing goodwill and intangible assets that are not amortized for impairment. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value of a Reporting Unit. The first step is a screen for potential impairment and the second step measures the amount of impairment, if any. Intangible assets that are not amortized are also tested annually.

 

During the second quarter of 2002, the Corporation completed the first step of the transitional goodwill impairment test on its five identified reporting units based on amounts as of January 1, 2002. With the assistance of a nationally recognized independent appraisal firm, the Corporation concluded that there were no impairment losses for goodwill due to the initial application of SFAS 142. As permitted by SFAS 142, the Corporation has elected to perform its annual test for impairment during the second quarter. Accordingly, the Corporation updated the analysis to June 30, 2003 and concluded that there continues to be no impairment with respect to goodwill at any reporting unit.

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 are as follows:

 

     Banking

   Metavante

    Others

   Total

 

Goodwill balance as of December 31, 2001

   $ 395,313    $ 125,587     $ 2,600    $ 523,500  

Goodwill acquired during the period

     405,781      15,820       2,087      423,688  

Purchase accounting adjustments

     883      (4,735 )     —        (3,852 )
    

  


 

  


Goodwill balance as of December 31, 2002

     801,977      136,672       4,687      943,336  

Goodwill acquired during the period

     —        17,254       —        17,254  

Purchase accounting adjustments

     7,795      1,403       —        9,198  
    

  


 

  


Goodwill balance as of December 31, 2003

   $ 809,772    $ 155,329     $ 4,687    $ 969,788  
    

  


 

  


 

75


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

Purchase accounting adjustments are the adjustments to the initial goodwill recorded at the time an acquisition is completed. Such adjustments generally consist of adjustments to the assigned fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed resulting from the completion of appraisals or other valuations, adjustments to initial estimates recorded for transaction costs or exit liabilities, if any, contingent consideration when paid or received from escrow arrangements at the end of a contractual contingency period and the reduction of goodwill relating to the sale of bank branches. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the net contingent consideration with respect to Metavante’s acquisitions amounted to $2,379. For the year ended December 31, 2002 there were no significant contingent payments paid or received. For 2003, the reduction of goodwill relating to the sale of six branches was $556.

 

The Corporation’s other intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2003:

 

    

Gross

Carrying

Value


  

Accumulated

Amortization


  

Net

Carrying

Value


  

Weighted

Average

Amortization

Period (Yrs)


Other intangible assets:

                         

Core deposit intangible

   $ 159,474    $ 63,453    $ 96,021    6.4

Data processing contract rights/customer lists

     37,247      10,254      26,993    10.2

Trust customers

     5,475      288      5,187    7.8

Tradename

     2,500      1,042      1,458    3.0
    

  

  

  
     $ 204,696    $ 75,037    $ 129,659    7.1
    

  

  

  

Mortgage loan servicing rights

                 $ 5,105    1.5
                  

  

 

Amortization expense of other intangible assets amounted to $23,785, $25,134 and $17,154 in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

The estimated amortization expense of other intangible assets and mortgage loan servicing rights for the next five years are:

 

2004

   $ 20,855

2005

     17,402

2006

     13,328

2007

     11,591

2008

     10,250

 

Mortgage loan servicing rights are subject to the prepayment risk inherent in the underlying loans that are being serviced. The weighted average amortization period as shown in the above table for mortgage loan servicing rights represents the estimated expected weighted average remaining life of the servicing rights at December 31, 2003. The actual remaining life could be significantly different due to actual prepayment experience in future periods.

 

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, none of the Corporation’s other intangible assets were determined to have indefinite lives.

 

76


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

12. Deposits

 

The composition of deposits at December 31 was:

 

     2003

   2002

Noninterest bearing demand

   $ 4,715,283    $ 4,461,880

Savings and NOW

     9,301,744      9,225,899

CDs $100,000 and over

     4,480,111      2,793,793

Cash flow hedge – Institutional CDs

     13,071      18,330
    

  

CDs $100,000 and over

     4,493,182      2,812,123

Other time deposits

     2,646,639      2,979,502

Foreign deposits

     1,113,257      914,302
    

  

Total deposits

   $ 22,270,105    $ 20,393,706
    

  

 

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, brokered deposits amounted to $3,965.8 million and $2,258.9 million, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2003, the scheduled maturities for CDs $100,000 and over, other time deposits, and foreign deposits were:

 

2004

   $ 5,406,565

2005

     1,752,405

2006

     383,061

2007

     286,034

2008 and thereafter

     425,013
    

     $ 8,253,078
    

 

13. Short-term Borrowings

 

Short-term borrowings at December 31 were:

 

     2003

   2002

Funds purchased and security repurchase agreements

   $ 741,646    $ 895,196

Cash flow hedge – Fed funds

     23,426      51,387
    

  

Funds purchased and security repurchase agreements

     765,072      946,583

U.S. Treasury demand notes

     214,222      3,141

U.S. Treasury demand notes – special direct

     2,236,828      3,137,183

Commercial paper

     404,186      351,079

Cash flow hedge – Commercial paper

     —        34,624
    

  

Commercial paper

     404,186      385,703

Current maturities of long-term borrowings

     1,310,971      1,612,343

Other

     1,722      8,414
    

  

Total short-term borrowings

   $ 4,933,001    $ 6,093,367
    

  

 

U.S. Treasury demand notes - special direct represent secured borrowings of the lead banking subsidiary with a maximum term of 21 days.

 

During 2003, the interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge against forecasted issuances of commercial paper was terminated.

 

Unused lines of credit, primarily to support commercial paper borrowings, were $75.0 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

 

77


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

14. Long-term Borrowings

 

Long-term borrowings at December 31 were:

 

     2003

   2002

Corporation:

             

Medium-term notes Series D, E and MiNotes

   $ 418,025    $ 303,459

7.65% junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures

     224,871      —  

7.65% cumulative company-obligated mandatorily redeemable capital trust pass-through securities

     —        199,225

6.375% subordinated notes due 2003

     —        99,953

Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in subordinated debentures

     —        14,352

Cash flow hedge

     —        1,374
    

  

Total guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in subordinated debentures

     —        15,726

Subsidiaries:

             

Borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB):

             

Floating rate advances

     610,000      610,000

Cash flow hedge

     4,676      54,343
    

  

Floating rate advances

     614,676      664,343

Fixed rate advances

     611,441      403,666

Senior bank notes

     285,523      298,248

Senior bank notes-EXLs

     249,910      249,792

Senior bank notes – Puttable Reset Securities

     1,001,603      1,001,693

Subordinated bank notes

     621,622      643,128

Nonrecourse notes

     11,276      10,697

9.75% obligation under capital lease due through 2006

     1,662      2,182

Other

     4,985      4,012
    

  

       4,045,594      3,896,124

Less current maturities

     1,310,971      1,612,343
    

  

Total long-term borrowings

   $ 2,734,623    $ 2,283,781
    

  

 

The 6.375% subordinated notes with interest payable semiannually matured on July 1, 2003.

 

At December 31, 2003, a medium-term Series D note outstanding amounted to $1,000 with a fixed interest rate of 7.20%. The Series D note matures in 2004. No additional borrowings may occur under the Series D notes. In May 2000, the Corporation filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to issue up to $500 million of medium-term Series E notes. These issues may have maturities ranging from 9 months to 30 years and may be at fixed or floating rates. At December 31, 2003, series E notes outstanding amounted to $278,925 with fixed rates of 4.50% to 7.19%. Series E notes outstanding mature at various times and amounts through 2023. In May 2002, the Corporation filed a prospectus supplement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to issue up to $500 million of medium-term MiNotes. The MiNotes, issued in minimum denominations of one-thousand dollars or integral multiples of one-thousand dollars, may have maturities ranging from 9 months to 30 years and may be at fixed or floating rates. At December 31, 2003, MiNotes outstanding amounted to $138,100 with fixed rates of 2.55% to 6.00%. MiNotes outstanding mature at various times through 2012. During 2003, the Corporation acquired through open market purchases $51.6 million of 5.75% Series E Notes which were due in 2006 and recognized a loss of $5.0 million.

 

In December 1996, the Corporation formed M&I Capital Trust A (the “Trust”), which issued $200 million in liquidation or principal amount of cumulative preferred capital securities. Holders of the capital securities are entitled to receive cumulative cash distributions at an annual rate of 7.65% payable semiannually.

 

Concurrently with the issuance of the capital securities, the Trust invested the proceeds, together with the consideration paid by the Corporation for the common interest in the Trust, in junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (“subordinated debt”) issued by the Corporation. The subordinated debt, which represents the sole asset of the Trust, bears interest at an annual rate of 7.65% payable semiannually and matures on December 1, 2026.

 

78


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

The subordinated debt is junior in right of payment to all present and future senior indebtedness of the Corporation. The Corporation may redeem the subordinated debt in whole or in part at any time on or after December 1, 2006 at specified call premiums, and at par on or after December 1, 2016. In addition, in certain circumstances the subordinated debt may be redeemed at par upon the occurrence of certain events. The Corporation’s right to redeem the subordinated debt is subject to regulatory approval.

 

The Corporation has the right, subject to certain conditions, to defer payments of interest on the subordinated debt for extension periods, each period not exceeding ten consecutive semiannual periods. As a consequence of the Corporation’s extension of the interest payment period, distributions on the capital securities would be deferred. In the event the Corporation exercises its right to extend an interest payment period, the Corporation is prohibited from making dividend or any other equity distributions during such extension period.

 

At December 31, 2002, the accounts of the Trust were consolidated in the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements. The 7.65% cumulative company – obligated mandatorily redeemable capital trust pass-through securities represented the long-term borrowing obligations of the Trust. As a result of adopting FIN 46R, the Corporation de-consolidated the accounts of the Trust. The long-term obligation of the Corporation, which represents the sole asset of the Trust, is presented as 7.65% junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures and are shown net of the subordinated debt that is attributable to the common interest in the Trust which is held by the Corporation. The amount shown at December 31, 2003 includes the remaining cumulative fair value adjustment arising from the fair value hedge that was terminated in the first quarter of 2003 and will be amortized over the remaining expected life of the subordinated debt.

 

The payment of distributions, liquidation of the Trust and payment upon the redemption of the capital securities of the Trust are guaranteed by the Corporation.

 

The Guaranteed Preferred Beneficial Interests in subordinated debentures represent preferred securities that are considered long-term borrowings for financial reporting purposes. In conjunction with the acquisition of Mississippi Valley, the Corporation acquired all of the common interests in MVBI Capital Trust (“MVBI Capital”), a statutory business trust formed by Mississippi Valley in 1997. MVBI Capital had issued $14.95 million in liquidation or principal amount of preferred capital securities. The sole asset of MVBI Capital was subordinated debentures of the Corporation (as successor to Mississippi Valley) in the principal amount of $15.412 million which bear interest at a rate that floats with the three-month Treasury plus 2.25%. On July 31, 2003 the Corporation retired the subordinated debentures and MVBI Capital Trust redeemed its Floating Rate Trust Preferred Securities. MVBI Capital Trust was then liquidated.

 

The capital securities of the Trust qualify as “Tier 1” capital for regulatory capital purposes.

 

Fixed rate FHLB advances have interest rates which range from 1.90% to 8.47% and mature at various times in 2004 through 2017. A $55.0 million advance can be called at the FHLB’s option beginning January 19, 2004, and quarterly thereafter. During 2003, the Bank retired $33.2 million of fixed rate advances with interest rates ranging from 5.82% to 7.03% which were due at various times in 2007 and 2008, and recognized a loss of $5.2 million.

 

The floating rate advances mature at various times between 2006 and 2008. The interest rate is reset monthly based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”).

 

The Corporation is required to maintain unencumbered first mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities such that the outstanding balance of FHLB advances does not exceed 60% of the book value of this collateral. In addition, a portion of these advances are collaterized by all FHLB stock.

 

The senior bank notes have a fixed interest rate of 4.125% and pay interest semi-annually. During 2003, the Bank acquired through open market purchases $13.2 million of 4.125% senior bank notes which were due in 2007 and recognized a loss of $0.6 million.

 

79


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

The senior bank notes – Extendible Liquidity Securities (“EXLs”) are indexed to one month LIBOR plus a stated spread and mature in 2003. However, EXL noteholders have the ability to extend the maturity date through 2006. The stated spread is initially 0.01%, 0.04% in year two, 0.07% in year three and 0.10% to maturity in 2006.

 

The senior bank notes – Puttable Reset Securities (“PRS”) have a maturity date of December 15, 2016. However in certain circumstances, the notes will be put back to the issuing bank at par prior to final maturity. The notes are also subject to the exercise of a call option by a certain broker-dealer. Beginning December 15, 2003 and each December 15 thereafter until and including December 15, 2015, the broker-dealer has the right to purchase all of the outstanding notes from the noteholders at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes and then remarket the notes. However, if the broker-dealer does not purchase the notes on the aforementioned date(s), each holder of outstanding notes will be deemed to have put all of the holder’s notes to the issuing bank at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes and the notes will be completely retired. The current interest rate is 5.252% and, to the extent the notes are purchased and remarketed, the interest rate will reset each date the notes are remarketed, subject to a floor of 5.17%. The call and put are considered clearly and closely related for purposes of recognition and measurement under SFAS 133. The fair value of the call option at December 31, 2003, was approximately $94 million as determined by the holder of the call option.

 

The subordinated bank notes have fixed rates that range from 5.25% to 7.88% and mature at various times in 2010, 2011 and 2012. Interest is paid semi-annually. During 2003, the Bank acquired through open market purchases $22.3 million of 6.375% subordinated bank notes which were due in 2011 and recognized a loss of $3.4 million. The subordinated bank notes qualify as “Tier 2” or supplementary capital for regulatory capital purposes.

 

The nonrecourse notes are reported net of prepaid interest and represent borrowings by the commercial leasing subsidiary from banks and other financial institutions. These notes have a weighted average interest rate of 6.84% at December 31, 2003 and are due in installments over varying periods through 2009. Lease financing receivables at least equal to the amount of the notes are pledged as collateral.

 

Scheduled maturities of long-term borrowings are $457,865, $519,889, $502,901, and $135,881 for 2005 through 2008, respectively.

 

15. Shareholders’ Equity

 

The Corporation has 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized, of which the Board of Directors has designated 2,000,000 shares as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A”), with a $100 value per share for conversion and liquidation purposes. Series A is nonvoting preferred stock. The same cash dividends will be paid on Series A as would have been paid on the common stock exchanged for Series A.

 

The holder had the option to convert Series A into common stock at the same ratio that the common stock was exchanged for Series A. During 2002, the holder of Series A converted 336,370 shares of Series A into 7,688,456 shares of common stock which were issued out of the Corporation’s treasury common stock. This is a noncash transaction for purposes of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. At December 31, 2003 and 2002 there were no shares of Series A outstanding.

 

The preferred stock is treated as a common stock equivalent in all applicable per share calculations.

 

The Corporation sponsors a deferred compensation plan for its non-employee directors and the non-employee directors and advisory board members of its affiliates. Participants may elect to have their deferred fees used to purchase M&I common stock with dividend reinvestment. Such shares will be distributed to plan participants in accordance with the plan provisions. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, 624,620 and 623,478 shares of M&I common stock, respectively, were held in a grantor trust. The aggregate cost of such shares is included in Deferred Compensation as a reduction of Shareholders’ equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and amounted to $16,443 at December 31, 2003 and $16,301 at December 31, 2002.

 

During 2003, the Corporation amended its deferred compensation plan for its non-employee directors and selected key employees to permit participants to defer the gain from the exercise of nonqualified stock options. In addition, the gain upon vesting of restricted common stock to participating executive officers may be deferred.

 

80


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

Shares of M&I common stock which represent the aggregate value of the gains deferred are maintained in a grantor trust with dividend reinvestment. Such shares will be distributed to plan participants in accordance with the plan provisions. At December 31, 2003, 33,600 shares of M&I common stock were held in the grantor trust. The aggregate cost of such shares is included in Deferred Compensation as a reduction of Shareholders’ equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and amounted to $1,094 at December 31, 2003.

 

In conjunction with previous acquisitions, the Corporation assumed certain deferred compensation and nonqualified retirement plans for former directors and executive officers of acquired companies. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, 114,383 and 139,442 common shares of M&I stock, respectively, were maintained in a grantor trust with such shares to be distributed to plan participants in accordance with the provisions of the plans. The aggregate cost of such shares of $2,340 and $2,824 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, is included in Deferred Compensation as a reduction of Shareholders’ equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

The Corporation issues treasury common stock in conjunction with exercises of stock options and restricted stock, acquisitions, and conversions of convertible securities. Treasury shares are acquired from restricted stock forfeitures, shares tendered to cover tax withholding associated with stock option exercises and vesting of key restricted stock, mature shares tendered for stock option exercises in lieu of cash and open market purchases in accordance with the Corporation’s approved share repurchase program. The Corporation is currently authorized to repurchase up to 12 million shares per year. Shares repurchased in accordance with the approved plan amounted to 6.0 million shares with an aggregate cost of $210.9 million in 2003 and 5.1 million shares with an aggregate cost of $159.3 million in 2002.

 

Federal banking regulatory agencies have established capital adequacy rules which take into account risk attributable to balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet activities. All banks and bank holding companies must meet a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8%. Of the 8% required, at least half must be comprised of core capital elements defined as “Tier 1” capital. The federal banking agencies also have adopted leverage capital guidelines which banking organizations must meet. Under these guidelines, the most highly rated banking organizations must meet a minimum leverage ratio of at least 3% “Tier 1” capital to total assets, while lower rated banking organizations must maintain a ratio of at least 4% to 5%. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory—and possibly additional discretionary—actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve Board categorized the Corporation as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Corporation’s category.

 

To be well capitalized under the regulatory framework, the “Tier 1” capital ratio must meet or exceed 6%, the total capital ratio must meet or exceed 10% and the leverage ratio must meet or exceed 5%.

 

The Corporation’s risk-based capital and leverage ratios are as follows ($ in millions):

 

     Risk-Based Capital Ratios

 
     As of December 31, 2003

    As of December 31, 2002

 
     Amount

   Ratio

    Amount

   Ratio

 

Tier 1 capital

   $ 2,537.8    8.87 %   $ 2,343.8    8.75 %

Tier 1 capital adequacy minimum requirement

     1,144.0    4.00       1,071.6    4.00  
    

  

 

  

Excess

   $ 1,393.8    4.87 %   $ 1,272.2    4.75 %
    

  

 

  

Total capital

   $ 3,510.9    12.28 %   $ 3,321.9    12.40 %

Total capital adequacy minimum requirement

     2,288.1    8.00       2,143.3    8.00  
    

  

 

  

Excess

   $ 1,222.8    4.28 %   $ 1,178.6    4.40 %
    

  

 

  

Risk-adjusted assets

   $ 28,601.2          $ 26,790.9       
    

        

      

 

81


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

     Leverage Ratio

 
     As of December 31, 2003

    As of December 31, 2002

 
     Amount

   Ratio

    Amount

   Ratio

 

Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets

   $ 2,537.8    7.80 %   $ 2,343.8    7.58 %

Minimum leverage adequacy requirement

     976.6–1,627.6    3.00–5.00       927.7–1,546.2    3.00–5.00  
    

  

 

  

Excess

   $ 1,561.2–910.2    4.80–2.80 %   $ 1,416.1 –797.6    4.58–2.58 %
    

  

 

  

Adjusted average total assets

   $ 32,552.9          $ 30,923.6       
    

        

      

 

All of the Corporation’s banking subsidiaries’ risk-based capital and leverage ratios meet or exceed the defined minimum requirements, and have been deemed well capitalized as of December 31, 2003 and 2002. The following table presents the risk-based capital ratios for the Corporation’s lead banking subsidiary:

 

Subsidiary


   Tier 1

    Total

    Leverage

 

M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank

                  

December 31, 2003

   7.60 %   11.37 %   6.51 %

December 31, 2002

   7.86     11.93     6.63  

 

Banking subsidiaries are restricted by banking regulations from making dividend distributions above prescribed amounts and are limited in making loans and advances to the Corporation. At December 31, 2003, the retained earnings of subsidiaries available for distribution as dividends without regulatory approval, while maintaining well capitalized risk-based capital and leverage ratios, was approximately $172.7 million.

 

16. Income Taxes

 

Total income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001was allocated as follows:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 

Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles

   $ 214,282     $ 238,265     $ 163,124  

Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles

     —         —         (235 )

Shareholders’ Equity:

                        

Compensation expense for tax purposes in excess of amounts recognized for financial reporting purposes

     (11,905 )     (5,976 )     (13,334 )

Unrealized gains (losses) on accumulated other comprehensive income

     25,353       (45,797 )     1,667  
    


 


 


     $ 227,730     $ 186,492     $ 151,222  
    


 


 


 

The current and deferred portions of the provision for income taxes were:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 

Current:

                        

Federal

   $ 238,825     $ 237,924     $ 161,622  

State

     21,280       12,765       14,140  
    


 


 


Total current

     260,105       250,689       175,762  

Deferred:

                        

Federal

     (43,107 )     (22,138 )     (8,039 )

State

     (2,716 )     9,714       (4,599 )
    


 


 


Total deferred

     (45,823 )     (12,424 )     (12,638 )
    


 


 


Total provision for income taxes

   $ 214,282     $ 238,265     $ 163,124  
    


 


 


 

82


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

The following is a reconciliation between the amount of the provision for income taxes and the amount of tax computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rate (35%):

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 

Tax computed at statutory rates

   $ 265,435     $ 251,507     $ 175,366  

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

                        

Federal tax-exempt income

     (20,485 )     (20,651 )     (19,855 )

State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit

     14,193       14,706       6,202  

Bank owned life insurance

     (10,677 )     (10,424 )     (9,469 )

Resolution of income tax audits

     (39,312 )     —         —    

Other

     5,128       3,127       10,880  
    


 


 


Total provision for income taxes

   $ 214,282     $ 238,265     $ 163,124  
    


 


 


 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant elements of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31 are as follows:

 

     2003

    2002

 

Deferred tax assets:

                

Deferred compensation

   $ 45,631     $ 34,038  

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     141,030       137,962  

Accrued postretirement benefits

     32,401       31,235  

Conversion revenue deferred

     9,360       11,281  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     —         23,871  

State NOLs

     45,833       52,959  

Other

     88,762       96,770  
    


 


Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

     363,017       388,116  

Valuation allowance

     (43,871 )     (48,716 )
    


 


Net deferred tax assets

     319,146       339,400  

Deferred tax liabilities:

                

Lease revenue reporting

     129,811       168,226  

Deferred expense, net of unearned income

     57,099       66,046  

Premises and equipment, principally due to depreciation

     5,532       10,263  

Purchase accounting adjustments

     34,390       48,139  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,482       —    

Other

     61,420       42,569  
    


 


Total deferred tax liabilities

     289,734       335,243  
    


 


Net deferred tax asset

   $ 29,412     $ 4,157  
    


 


 

The Corporation continues to carry a valuation allowance to reduce certain state deferred tax assets which include, in part, certain state net operating loss carryforwards which expire at various times through 2017. At December 31, 2003, the Corporation believes it is more likely than not that these items will not be realized. However, as time passes the Corporation will be able to better assess the amount of tax benefit it will realize from using these items.

 

17. Stock Option, Restricted Stock and Employee Stock Purchase Plans

 

The Corporation has Executive Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plans which provide for the grant of nonqualified and incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights and rights to purchase restricted shares to key employees and directors of the Corporation at prices ranging from zero to the market value of the shares at the date of grant.

 

The Corporation also has a qualified employee stock purchase plan which gives employees, who elect to participate in the plan, the right to acquire shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock at the purchase price which is 85 percent of the lesser of the fair market value of the Corporation’s Common Stock on the first or last day of the one-year offering period.

 

83


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

The nonqualified and incentive stock option plans generally provide for the grant of options to purchase shares of the Corporation’s common stock for a period of ten years from the date of grant. Options granted generally become exercisable over a period of two or three years from the date of grant. However, options granted to directors of the Corporation vest immediately and options granted after 1996 provide accelerated or immediate vesting for grants to individuals who meet certain age and years of service criteria at the date of grant.

 

Activity relating to nonqualified and incentive stock options was:

 

     Number of
Shares


    Option Price
Per Share


   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


Shares under option at December 31, 2000

   16,233,040     $  5.78-35.03    $ 21.47

Options granted

   3,941,100       24.73-31.95      31.39

Options lapsed or surrendered

   (436,302 )     6.69-33.50      27.12

Options exercised

   (2,233,574 )     5.78-30.75      11.74
    

 

  

Shares under option at December 31, 2001

   17,504,264     $ 6.20-35.03    $ 24.81

Options granted

   4,803,042       12.87-31.78      27.04

Options lapsed or surrendered

   (375,658 )     15.94-35.03      28.68

Options exercised

   (985,247 )     6.20-30.75      15.58
    

 

  

Shares under option at December 31, 2002

   20,946,401     $ 7.69-33.94    $ 25.69

Options granted

   3,794,250       25.93-38.25      34.48

Options lapsed or surrendered

   (478,454 )     9.63-34.79      29.42

Options exercised

   (2,479,381 )     7.69-34.79      19.75
    

 

  

Shares under option at December 31, 2003

   21,782,816     $ 9.63-38.25    $ 27.81
    

 

  

 

The range of options outstanding at December 31, 2003 were:

 

     Number of Shares

  

Weighted-Average

Exercise Price


  

Weighted-

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life
(In Years)


Price Range


   Outstanding

   Exercisable

   Outstanding

   Exercisable

  

$9.00-20.49

   2,100,369    2,100,369    $ 13.62    $ 13.62    2.5

20.50-23.99

   2,822,643    2,822,643      21.99      21.99    6.8

24.00-28.49

   2,210,684    2,049,325      25.91      25.85    5.5

28.50-28.99

   4,888,386    3,090,949      28.54      28.54    7.4

29.00-31.49

   2,914,630    2,657,539      30.62      30.67    6.4

31.50-32.99

   3,190,854    2,357,909      31.95      31.95    8.0

Over $33.00

   3,655,250    731,650      34.79      34.60    9.7
    
  
  

  

  
     21,782,816    15,810,384    $ 27.81    $ 26.19    7.0
    
  
  

  

  

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2002 and 2001 were 14,933,431 and 11,964,332, respectively. The weighted average exercise price for options exercisable was $24.48 at December 31, 2002 and $23.14 at December 31, 2001.

 

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (“SFAS 123”), “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” establishes financial accounting and reporting standards for stock based employee compensation plans.

 

SFAS 123 defines a fair value based method of accounting for employee stock option or similar equity instruments. Under the fair value based method, compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award using an option-pricing model that takes into account the stock price at the grant date, the exercise price, the expected life of the option, the volatility of the underlying stock, expected dividends and the risk-free interest rate over the expected life of the option. The resulting compensation cost is recognized over the service period, which is usually the vesting period.

 

84


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

Compensation cost can also be measured and accounted for using the intrinsic value based method of accounting prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (“APBO 25”), “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” Under the intrinsic value based method, compensation cost is the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the stock at grant date or other measurement date over the amount paid to acquire the stock.

 

The largest differences between SFAS 123 and APBO 25 as it relates to the Corporation is the amount of compensation cost attributable to the Corporation’s fixed stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”). Under APBO 25 no compensation cost is recognized for fixed stock option plans because the exercise price is equal to the quoted market price at the date of grant and therefore there is no intrinsic value. SFAS 123 compensation cost would equal the calculated fair value of the options granted. Under APBO 25 no compensation cost is recognized for the ESPP because the discount (15%) and the plan meets the definition of a qualified plan of the Internal Revenue Code and meets the requirements of APBO 25. Under SFAS 123 the safe-harbor discount threshold is 5% for a plan to be non-compensatory. SFAS 123 compensation cost would equal the initial discount (15% of beginning of plan period price per share) plus the value of a one year call option on 85% of a share of stock for each share purchased.

 

As permitted by SFAS 123, the Corporation continues to measure compensation cost for such plans using the accounting method prescribed by APBO 25.

 

Had compensation cost for the Corporation’s ESPP and options granted after January 1, 1995 been determined consistent with SFAS 123, the Corporation’s net income and earnings per share would have been reduced to the following pro forma amounts:

 

     2003

   2002

   2001

Net income:

                    

As reported

   $ 544,105    $ 480,327    $ 337,485

Pro forma

     521,792      458,181      321,521

Basic earnings per share:

                    

As reported

   $ 2.41    $ 2.24    $ 1.60

Pro forma

     2.31      2.13      1.52

Diluted earnings per share:

                    

As reported

   $ 2.38    $ 2.16    $ 1.55

Pro forma

     2.29      2.07      1.47

 

The fair value of each option grant was estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The resulting compensation cost was amortized over the vesting period.

 

The grant date fair values and assumptions used to determine such value are as follows:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 

Weighted-average grant date fair value

   $ 10.00     $ 8.15     $ 10.09  

Assumptions:

                        

Risk-free interest rates

     2.54–3.83 %     3.11–5.16 %     3.92–5.30 %

Expected volatility

     30.23–31.19 %     30.95–31.25 %     31.09–31.33 %

Expected term (in years)

     6.0       6.0       6.0  

Expected dividend yield

     2.19 %     2.10 %     2.13 %

 

The estimated compensation cost per share for the ESPP was $5.75 and $5.33 for 2003 and 2002, respectively. During 2003 and 2002, common shares purchased by employees under the ESPP amounted to 347,194 and 302,809, respectively.

 

85


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

Activity relating to the Corporation’s Restricted Stock Purchase Rights was:

 

     December 31

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

 

Restricted stock purchase rights outstanding — Beginning of Year

     —         —         —    

Restricted stock purchase rights granted

     163,300       46,000       80,000  

Restricted stock purchase rights exercised

     (163,300 )     (46,000 )     (80,000 )
    


 


 


Restricted stock purchase rights outstanding — End of Year

     —         —         —    
    


 


 


Weighted-average grant date market value

   $ 34.28     $ 29.76     $ 27.97  

Aggregate compensation expense

   $ 1,111     $ 779     $ 934  

Unamortized deferred compensation

   $ 6,910     $ 3,045     $ 2,972  

 

Restrictions on stock issued pursuant to the exercise of stock purchase rights generally lapse within a three to seven year period. Accordingly, the compensation related to issuance of the rights is deferred and amortized over the vesting period. Unamortized deferred compensation is reflected as a reduction of Shareholders’ equity.

 

Shares reserved for the granting of options and stock purchase rights at December 31, 2003 were 11,583,424.

 

The Corporation also has a Long-Term Incentive Plan. Under the plan, performance units may be awarded from time to time. Once awarded, additional performance units will be credited to each participant based on dividends paid by the Corporation on its common stock. At the end of a designated vesting period, participants will receive an amount equal to some percent (0%–275%) of the initial performance units credited plus those additional units credited as dividends based on the established performance criteria. Units awarded to certain executives of the Corporation were 133,500 in 2003, 117,000 in 2002, and 116,200 in 2001. The vesting period is three years from the date the performance units were awarded. At December 31, 2003, based on the performance criteria, approximately $6,781 would be due to the participants under the 2001 and 2002 awards. In addition, the amount payable to participants under the 2000 award, which was fully vested, was $8,495 at December 31, 2003.

 

18. Employee Retirement and Health Plans

 

The Corporation has a defined contribution program that consists of a retirement plan and employee stock ownership plan for substantially all employees. The retirement plan provides for a guaranteed contribution to eligible participants equal to 2% of compensation. At the Corporation’s option, an additional profit sharing amount may also be contributed to the retirement plan and may vary from year to year up to a maximum of 6% of eligible compensation. Under the employee stock ownership plan, employee contributions into the retirement plan of up to 6% of eligible compensation are matched up to 50% by the Corporation based on the Corporation’s return on equity as defined by the plan. Total expense relating to these plans was $52,946, $49,586, and $39,942 in 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively.

 

The Corporation also has supplemental retirement plans to provide retirement benefits to certain of its key executives. Total expense relating to these plans amounted to $10,779 in 2003, $1,484 in 2002, and $2,394 in 2001.

 

The Corporation sponsors a defined benefit health plan that provides health care benefits to eligible current and retired employees. Eligibility for retiree benefits is dependent upon age, years of service, and participation in the health plan during active service. The plan is contributory and in 1997 and 2002 the plan was amended. Employees hired or retained from mergers after September 1, 1997 will be granted access to the Corporation’s plan upon becoming an eligible retiree; however, such retirees must pay 100% of the cost of health care benefits. The plan continues to contain other cost-sharing features such as deductibles and coinsurance. At December 31, 2003 the plan was not funded however, the Corporation anticipates that it will begin to fund its obligation to provide retiree health benefits.

 

86


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

The changes during the year of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (“APBO”) for retiree health benefits are as follows:

 

     2003

    2002

 

APBO, beginning of year

   $ 81,442     $ 89,619  

Service cost

     2,140       1,182  

Interest cost on APBO

     5,340       5,491  

Plan amendments

     —         (32,346 )

Actuarial losses

     (2,216 )     20,093  

Change due to acquisitions/divestitures

     —         242  

Benefits paid

     (3,369 )     (2,839 )
    


 


APBO, end of year

     83,337       81,442  

Unrecognized net loss

     (35,406 )     (39,174 )

Unrecognized prior service cost

     28,284       31,005  
    


 


Accrued postretirement benefit cost

   $ 76,215     $ 73,273  
    


 


Weighted average discount rate used in determining APBO

     6.50 %     7.25 %
    


 


 

The assumed health care cost trend for 2004 was 8.00% for pre-age 65 and 11.00% for post-age 65 retirees. The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 5.50% for pre-age 65 and 6.50% for post-age 65 retirees in 2009 and remain at that level thereafter.

 

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 includes the following components:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 

Service cost

   $ 2,140     $ 1,182     $ 2,843  

Interest on APBO

     5,340       5,491       4,726  

Prior service amortization

     (2,721 )     (2,721 )     (204 )

Actuarial loss amortization

     2,005       2,495       —    

Other

     660       —         356  
    


 


 


     $ 7,424     $ 6,447     $ 7,721  
    


 


 


 

The assumed health care cost trend rate has a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one percentage point change on assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

    

One

Percentage

Point

Increase


  

One

Percentage

Point

Decrease


 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

   $ 890    $ (765 )

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

     9,136      (7,862 )

 

On December 8, 2003 the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Act”) was signed into law. The Act introduces a prescription drug benefit program under Medicare (Medicare Part D) as well as a 28% federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D.

 

Current accounting rules require that presently enacted changes in relevant laws be considered in current period measurements of postretirement benefit costs and the APBO. However, certain accounting issues raised by the Act, in particular, how to account for the federal subsidy, are not explicitly addressed in the present accounting rules. In addition significant uncertainties may exist for plan sponsors such as the Corporation both as to the direct effects of the Act and its ancillary effects on plan participant’s behavior and health care costs.

 

In recognition that a plan sponsor and its advisors may not have (a) sufficiently reliable information available on which to measure the effects of the Act, (b) sufficient time before issuance of financial statements for fiscal years that include the Act’s enactment date to prepare actuarial valuations that reflect the effects of the Act, or

 

87


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

(c) sufficient guidance to ensure that the sponsor’s accounting for the effects of the Act is consistent with generally accepted accounting principles, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. FAS 106-1, Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003, (“FSP 106-1”). FSP 106-1 allows participants to elect to defer recognition of the effects of the Act.

 

The Corporation has elected to defer recognition of the effects of the Act in accordance with FSP 106-1. Accordingly, any measures of the APBO or net periodic postretirement benefit cost do not reflect the effects of the Act. Specific authoritative guidance on the accounting for the federal subsidy is pending and that guidance, when issued, could require the Corporation to change previously reported information.

 

19. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

 

Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk at December 31 were:

 

     2003

   2002

Financial instruments whose amounts represent credit risk:

             

Commitments to extend credit:

             

To commercial customers

   $ 9,200,839    $ 8,193,341

To individuals

     2,584,560      2,242,675

Standby letters of credit, net of participations

     N/A      992,881

Commercial letters of credit

     63,368      46,441

Mortgage loans sold with recourse

     464      690

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and may require payment of a fee. The majority of the Corporation’s commitments to extend credit generally provide for the interest rate to be determined at the time the commitment is utilized. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

The Corporation evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on an individual basis. Collateral obtained, if any, upon extension of credit, is based upon management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral requirements and the ability to access collateral is generally similar to that required on loans outstanding as discussed in Note 7.

 

Commercial letters of credit are contingent commitments issued by the Corporation to support the financial obligations of a customer to a third party. Commercial letters of credit are issued to support payment obligations of a customer as buyer in a commercial contract for the purchase of goods. Letters of credit have maturities which generally reflect the maturities of the underlying obligations. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. If deemed necessary, the Corporation holds various forms of collateral to support letters of credit.

 

Standby letters of credit are contingent commitments issued by the Corporation to support the financial obligations of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit are issued to support public and private financing, and other financial or performance obligations of customers. See Note 24 for the accounting of standby letters of credit in 2003.

 

Certain mortgage loans sold have limited recourse provisions.

 

20. Foreign Exchange Contracts

 

Foreign exchange contracts are commitments to purchase or deliver foreign currency at a specified exchange rate. The Corporation enters into foreign exchange contracts primarily in connection with trading activities to enable customers involved in international trade to hedge their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations and to minimize the Corporation’s own exposure to foreign currency fluctuations resulting from the above. Foreign exchange contracts include such commitments as foreign currency spot, forward, future and, to a much lesser extent, option contracts. The risks in these transactions arise from the ability of the counterparties to perform under the

 

88


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

terms of the contracts and the risk of trading in a volatile commodity. The Corporation actively monitors all transactions and positions against predetermined limits established on traders and types of currency to ensure reasonable risk taking.

 

Matching commitments to deliver foreign currencies with commitments to purchase foreign currencies minimizes the Corporation’s market risk from unfavorable movements in currency exchange rates.

 

At December 31, 2003 the Corporation’s foreign currency position resulting from foreign exchange contracts by major currency was as follows (U.S. dollars):

 

     Commitments
To Deliver
Foreign
Exchange


   Commitments
To Purchase
Foreign
Exchange


Currency

             

Euros

   $ 430,406    $ 432,050

English Pound Sterling

     133,261      133,257

Japanese Yen

     77,146      86,884

Canadian Dollars

     77,682      77,450

Australian Dollars

     56,034      55,923

Swiss Franc

     54,304      54,320

Mexican Peso

     12,737      12,719

Hong Kong Dollars

     9,737      —  

Swedish Kronor

     5,844      5,768

Danish Kronor

     2,049      2,051

New Zealand Dollars

     1,713      1,703

All Other

     131      130
    

  

Total

   $ 861,044    $ 862,255
    

  

Average amount of contracts to deliver/purchase foreign exchange

   $ 750,394    $ 750,785
    

  

 

21. Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

Interest rate risk, the exposure of the Corporation’s net interest income and net fair value of its assets and liabilities to adverse movements in interest rates, is a significant market risk exposure that can have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The Corporation has established policies that neither earnings nor fair value at risk should exceed established guidelines and assesses these risks by modeling the impact of changes in interest rates that may adversely impact expected future earnings and fair values.

 

The Corporation has strategies designed to confine these risks within the established limits and identify appropriate risk / reward trade-offs in the financial structure of its balance sheet. These strategies include the use of derivative financial instruments to help achieve the desired balance sheet repricing structure while meeting the desired objectives of its customers.

 

Trading Instruments and Other Free Standing Derivatives

 

The Corporation enters into various derivative contracts primarily to focus on providing derivative products to customers which enables them to manage their exposures to interest rate risk. The Corporation’s market risk from unfavorable movements in interest rates is generally economically hedged by concurrently entering into offsetting derivative contracts. The offsetting derivative contracts generally have nearly identical notional values, terms and indices. The Corporation uses interest rate futures to economically hedge the exposure to interest rate risk arising from the interest rate swap entered into in conjunction with its auto securitization activities.

 

Interest rate lock commitments on residential mortgage loans intended to be held for sale are considered free standing derivative instruments. The option to sell the mortgage loans at the time the commitments are made are also free standing derivative instruments. The change in fair value of these derivative instruments due to changes in interest rates tend to offset each other and act as economic hedges.

 

89


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

Trading and free standing derivative contracts are not linked to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to forecasted transactions in an accounting hedge relationship and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133. They are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as a component of other noninterest income.

 

At December 31, 2003, free standing interest rate swaps consisted of $0.7 billion in notional amount of receive fixed/pay floating with an aggregate negative fair value of $2.7 million and $0.5 billion in notional amount of pay fixed/receive floating with an aggregate positive fair value of $5.6 million.

 

At December 31, 2003, interest rate caps purchased amounted to $5.0 million in notional with a positive fair value of $0.1 million and interest rate caps sold amounted to $5.0 million in notional with a negative fair value of $0.1 million.

 

At December 31, 2003, the notional value of free standing interest rate futures was $0.5 million with an immaterial fair value.

 

Fair Value Hedges

 

The Corporation has fixed rate callable and institutional CDs and fixed rate long-term debt which expose the Corporation to variability in fair values due to changes in market interest rates.

 

To limit the Corporation’s exposure to changes in fair value due to changes in interest rates, the Corporation has entered into receive-fixed / pay-floating interest rate swaps with identical call features, thereby creating the effect of floating rate deposits and floating rate long-term debt. The Corporation has determined that the hedges on the long-term debt qualify for the special short-cut accounting prescribed by SFAS 133, resulting in no ineffectiveness.

 

The Corporation also has agency collateralized mortgage backed investment securities designated as available for sale. The embedded prepayment options in the underlying mortgages expose the Corporation to variability in fair value in a changing interest rate environment. To limit its exposure to changes in fair value, the Corporation had designated purchased interest rate floors as a hedge against changes in fair value attributable to the embedded prepayment option.

 

During 2001, the Corporation sold the floors. The adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged investment securities is being accreted into earnings over the remaining life of the security using the interest method.

 

During the first quarter of 2003, the Corporation terminated the fair value hedge on certain long-term borrowings. The adjustment to the fair value of the hedged instrument of $35.2 million is being accreted as income into earnings over the expected remaining term of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

 

The following table presents additional information with respect to selected fair value hedges.

 

Fair Value Hedges December 31, 2003


                    

Hedged Item


   Hedging Instrument

   Notional Amount
($ in millions)


  

FairValue

($ in millions)


   

Weighted

Average
Remaining
Term (Years)


Fixed Rate CDs

   Receive Fixed Swap    $ 425.0    $ (5.5 )   5.8

Medium Term Notes

   Receive Fixed Swap      367.6      8.8     9.4

 

The impact from fair value hedges to total net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2003 was a positive $30.6 million. The impact to net interest income due to ineffectiveness was immaterial.

 

Cash Flow Hedges

 

The Corporation has variable rate loans and variable rate short-term borrowings, which expose the Corporation to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. The Corporation believes it is

 

90


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

prudent to limit the variability of a portion of its interest receipts and payments. To meet this objective, the Corporation enters into various types of derivative financial instruments to manage fluctuations in cash flows resulting from interest rate risk. At December 31, 2003, these instruments consisted of interest rate swaps. During 2001, the Corporation also employed an interest rate floor that expired at the end of the year.

 

The Corporation regularly originates and holds floating rate commercial loans that reprice monthly on the first business day to one-month LIBOR. As a result, the Corporation’s interest receipts are exposed to variability in cash flows due to changes in one-month LIBOR.

 

In order to hedge the interest rate risk associated with the floating rate commercial loans indexed to one-month LIBOR, the Corporation has entered into receive fixed / pay LIBOR-based floating interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges against the first LIBOR-based interest payments received that, in the aggregate for each period, are interest payments on such principal amount of its then existing LIBOR-indexed floating-rate commercial loans equal to the notional amount of the interest rate swaps outstanding.

 

Hedge effectiveness is assessed at inception and each quarter on an on-going basis using regression analysis that takes into account reset date differences for certain designated interest rate swaps that reset quarterly. Each month the Corporation makes a determination that it is probable that the Corporation will continue to receive interest payments on at least that amount of principal of its existing LIBOR-indexed floating-rate commercial loans that reprice monthly on the first business day to one-month LIBOR equal to the notional amount of the interest rate swaps outstanding. Ineffectiveness is measured using the hypothetical derivative method and is recorded as a component of interest income on loans.

 

The interest rate swaps change the variable-rate cash flow exposure on the loans and short-term borrowings to fixed-rate cash flows.

 

Changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income. These amounts are subsequently reclassified to interest income or interest expense as a yield adjustment in the same period in which the related interest on the variable rate loans and short-term borrowings affects earnings. Ineffectiveness arising from differences between the critical terms of the hedging instrument and hedged item is recorded in interest income or expense.

 

The following table summarizes the Corporation’s cash flow hedges.

 

Cash Flow Hedges December 31, 2003


                    

Hedged Item


  

Hedging Instrument


   Notional Amount
($ in millions)


   Fair Value
($ in millions)


    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Term (Years)


Variable Rate Loans

   Receive Fixed Swap    $ 1,175.0    $ 5.8     5.8

Institutional CDs

   Pay Fixed Swap      2,070.0      (13.1 )   1.7

Fed Funds Purchased

   Pay Fixed Swap      860.0      (23.4 )   1.3

FHLB Advances

   Pay Fixed Swap      610.0      (4.7 )   3.9

 

During the third quarter of 2003, $610.0 million of FHLB floating rate advances were retired. In conjunction with the retirement of debt, $610.0 million in notional value of receive floating/pay fixed interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges against the retired floating rate advances were terminated. The loss in accumulated other comprehensive income aggregating $40.5 million ($26.3 million after tax) was charged to other expense.

 

During 2003, the Corporation redeemed all of the Floating Rate Debentures held by its subsidiary, MVBI Capital Trust, and MVBI Capital Trust redeemed all of its currently outstanding Floating Rate Trust Preferred Securities at an aggregate liquidation amount of $14.95 million. In conjunction with the redemption the Corporation terminated the associated interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge. The loss in accumulated other comprehensive income aggregating $1.4 million ($0.9 million after tax), was charged to other expense.

 

91


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

During the first quarter, the cash flow hedge on commercial paper was terminated. The $32.6 million in accumulated other comprehensive income at the time of termination is being amortized as expense into earnings in the remaining periods during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.

 

During the third quarter of 2002, the Corporation entered into a forward starting interest rate swap for the forecasted issuance of Bank notes. Bank notes in the amount of $0.5 billion were issued during the third quarter of 2002 and the interest rate swap was terminated. The negative $1.3 million in accumulated other comprehensive income at termination is being amortized into interest expense over the term of the Bank notes using the effective interest method.

 

The impact to total net interest income from cash flow hedges, including amortization of terminated cash flow hedges, for the year ended December 31, 2003 was a negative $65.2 million. The impact due to ineffectiveness was immaterial. The estimated reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income in the next twelve months is $39.9 million.

 

Credit risk arises from the potential failure of counterparties to perform in accordance with the terms of the contracts. The Corporation maintains risk management policies that define parameters of acceptable market risk within the framework of its overall asset/liability management strategies and monitor and limit exposure to credit risk. The Corporation believes its credit and settlement procedures serve to minimize its exposure to credit risk. Credit exposure resulting from derivative financial instruments is represented by their fair value amounts, increased by an estimate of potential adverse position exposure arising from changes over time in interest rates, maturities and other relevant factors. At December 31, 2003 the estimated credit exposure arising from derivative financial instruments was approximately $33.7 million.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the effect on net interest income resulting from derivative financial instruments, was a negative $27.6 million and a positive $4.8 million including the amortization of terminated derivative financial instruments, respectively.

 

22. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The book values and estimated fair values for on and off-balance sheet financial instruments as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 are presented in the following table. Derivative financial instruments designated as hedging instruments are included in the book values and fair values presented for the related hedged items. Derivative financial instruments designated as trading and other free standing derivatives are included in Trading securities.

 

Balance Sheet Financial Instruments ($ in millions)

 

     2003

   2002

    

Book

Value


  

Fair

Value


  

Book

Value


  

Fair

Value


Financial Assets:

                           

Cash and short-term investments

   $ 957.2    $ 957.2    $ 1,240.4    $ 1,240.4

Trading securities

     16.2      16.2      21.3      21.3

Investment securities available for sale

     4,786.4      4,786.4      4,266.4      4,266.4

Investment securities held to maturity

     820.9      873.9      942.8      993.9

Net loans and leases

     24,835.4      25,289.5      23,570.4      24,543.1

Interest receivable

     178.3      178.3      136.5      136.5

Financial Liabilities:

                           

Deposits

     22,270.1      22,361.9      20,393.7      20,564.1

Short-term borrowings

     3,622.0      3,622.0      4,481.0      4,481.0

Long-term borrowings

     4,045.6      4,368.6      3,896.1      4,313.8

Standby letters of credit

     4.7      4.7      N/A      N/A

Interest payable

     66.0      66.0      94.1      94.1

 

Where readily available, quoted market prices are utilized by the Corporation. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. These techniques

 

92


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. The calculated fair value estimates, therefore, cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized upon immediate settlement of the instrument. The current reporting requirements exclude certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial assets and liabilities from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the entire Corporation.

 

The following methods and assumptions are used in estimating the fair value for financial instruments.

 

Cash and short-term investments

 

The carrying amounts reported for cash and short-term investments approximate the fair values for those assets.

 

Trading and investment securities

 

Fair value is based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes where available. Estimated fair values for residual interests in the form of interest-only strips from automobile loan securitizations are based on discounted cash flow analysis.

 

Net loans and leases

 

Loans that reprice or mature within three months of December 31 are assigned fair values based on their book value. The remaining loan and lease balances are assigned fair values based on a discounted cash flow analysis. The discount rate is based on the treasury yield curve, with rate adjustments for credit quality, cost and profit factors. Net loans and leases include mortgage loans held for sale.

 

Deposits

 

The fair value for demand deposits or any interest bearing deposits with no fixed maturity date is considered to be equal to the carrying value. Time deposits with defined maturity dates are considered to have a fair value equal to the book value if the maturity date was within three months of December 31. The remaining time deposits are assigned fair values based on a discounted cash flow analysis using discount rates that approximate interest rates currently being offered on time deposits with comparable maturities.

 

Borrowings

 

Short-term borrowings are carried at cost that approximates fair value. Long-term debt is generally valued using a discounted cash flow analysis with a discount rate based on current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of arrangements or, if not readily available, based on a build up approach similar to that used for loans and deposits. Long-term borrowings include their related current maturities.

 

Standby letters of credit

 

The book value and fair value of standby letters of credit is based on the unamortized premium (fees paid by customers).

 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments ($ in millions)

 

Fair values of loan commitments and letters of credit have been estimated based on the equivalent fees, net of expenses, that would be charged for similar contracts and customers at December 31:

 

     2003

   2002

Loan commitments

   $ 9.3    $ 7.6

Letters of credit

     8.8      6.9

 

See Note 19 for additional information on off-balance sheet financial instruments.

 

93


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

23. Business Segments

 

Generally, the Corporation organizes its segments based on legal entities. Each entity offers a variety of products and services to meet the needs of its customers and the particular market served. Each entity has its own president and is separately managed subject to adherence to corporate policies. Discrete financial information is reviewed by senior management to assess performance on a monthly basis. Certain segments are combined and consolidated for purposes of assessing financial performance.

 

The Corporation evaluates the profit or loss performance of its segments based on segment income. Segment income is after-tax income excluding certain charges which management considers unusual or infrequent. In prior years, segment income also excluded charges for services from the holding company. For the year ended December 31, 2003, management determined that it was more meaningful to include such charges in evaluating the performance of its segments. Segment information for the years ended December 2002 and 2001 has been restated to include such charges in order to conform to the current year’s presentation of segment information.

 

The accounting policies of the Corporation’s segments are the same as those described in Note 1. Intersegment revenues may be based on cost, current market prices or negotiated prices between the providers and receivers of services.

 

Based on the way the Corporation organizes its segments, the Corporation has determined that it has two reportable segments.

 

Banking

 

Banking represents the aggregation of two separately chartered banks headquartered in Wisconsin, one federally chartered thrift headquartered in Nevada, one separately chartered bank headquartered in St. Louis, Missouri, an asset-based lending subsidiary headquartered in Minnesota and an operational support subsidiary. Banking consists of accepting deposits, making loans and providing other services such as cash management, foreign exchange and correspondent banking to a variety of commercial and retail customers. Products and services are provided through a variety of delivery channels including traditional branches, supermarket branches, telephone centers, ATMs and the Internet.

 

Data Services (or Metavante)

 

Data Services includes Metavante as well as its related subsidiaries. Metavante provides data processing services, develops and sells software and provides consulting services to M&I affiliates as well as banks, thrifts, credit unions, trust companies and other financial services companies throughout the world although its activities are primarily domestic. In addition, Data Services derives revenue from the Corporation’s credit card merchant operations. The majority of Data Services revenue is derived from internal and external processing.

 

All Others

 

M&I’s primary other operating segments include Trust Services, Mortgage Banking (residential and commercial), Capital Markets Group, Brokerage and Insurance Services and Commercial Leasing. Trust Services provides investment management and advisory services as well as personal, commercial and corporate trust services in Wisconsin, Arizona, Minnesota, Florida, Nevada, North Carolina, Missouri and Illinois. Capital Markets Group provides venture capital and advisory services.

 

94


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

Total Revenues by type in All Others consist of the following ($ in millions):

 

     2003

   2002

    2001

Trust Services

   $ 126.2    $ 120.3     $ 121.1

Residential Mortgage Banking

     49.0      46.8       43.5

Capital Markets

     20.4      (3.6 )     13.1

Brokerage and Insurance

     23.4      23.4       21.4

Commercial Leasing

     15.1      13.8       13.2

Commercial Mortgage Banking

     6.0      4.6       3.1

Others

     3.5      4.1       5.7
    

  


 

Total

   $ 243.6    $ 209.4     $ 221.1
    

  


 

 

The following represents the Corporation’s operating segments as of and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. Fees – Intercompany represent intercompany revenue charged to other segments for providing certain services. Expenses – Intercompany represent fees charged by other segments for certain services received. Intrasegment revenues, expenses and assets have been eliminated.

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2003 ($ in millions)

 
     Banking

    Metavante

    Others

    Corporate
Overhead


   

Reclass-

ifications
Elim-

inations


    Sub-total

   Excluded
Charges


   

Consolidated

Income

Before

Accounting

Change


 

Net interest income

   $ 1,046.5     $ (2.3 )   $ 29.8     $ (16.7 )   $ —       $ 1,057.3    $  —       $ 1,057.3  

Fees-other

     371.1       657.9       182.1       4.4       0.3       1,215.8      —         1,215.8  

Fees-intercompany

     60.9       71.1       31.7       62.1       (225.8 )     —        —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Total revenue

     1,478.5       726.7       243.6       49.8       (225.5 )     2,273.1      —         2,273.1  

Expenses-other

     634.4       609.1       117.9       88.0       (0.2 )     1,449.2      2.5       1,451.7  

Expenses- intercompany

     147.2       41.0       42.9       (5.8 )     (225.3 )     —        —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Total expenses

     781.6       650.1       160.8       82.2       (225.5 )     1,449.2      2.5       1,451.7  

Provision for loan and lease losses

     51.9       —         11.1       —         —         63.0      —         63.0  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Income before taxes

     645.0       76.6       71.7       (32.4 )     —         760.9      (2.5 )     758.4  

Income tax expense

     179.5       21.0       28.1       (13.3 )     —         215.3      (1.0 )     214.3  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Segment income

   $ 465.5     $ 55.6     $ 43.6     $ (19.1 )   $ —       $ 545.6    $ (1.5 )   $ 544.1  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Identifiable assets

   $ 33,221.9     $ 990.2     $ 609.6     $ 571.4     $ (1,020.5 )   $ 34,372.6    $  —       $ 34,372.6  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Depreciation and amortization

   $ 100.8     $ 113.8     $ (18.4 )   $ 3.8     $ —       $ 200.0    $ 0.1     $ 200.1  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Purchase of premises and equipment, net

   $ 35.9     $ 24.2     $ 2.6     $ (0.6 )   $ —       $ 62.1    $  —       $ 62.1  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Return on Average Equity

     15.92 %     15.87 %     18.21 %                                    16.79 %
    


 


 


                                


 

95


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

   
     Year Ended December 31, 2002 ($ in millions)

 
     Banking

    Metavante

    Others

    Corporate
Overhead


   

Reclass-

ifications
Elim-

inations


    Sub-total

   Excluded
Charges


   

Consolidated

Income

Before

Accounting

Change


 

Net interest income

   $ 1,002.7     $ (3.8 )   $ 28.4     $ (21.0 )   $ —       $ 1,006.3    $  —       $ 1,006.3  

Fees-other

     322.8       601.5       154.2       4.2       —         1,082.7      —         1,082.7  

Fees-intercompany

     44.4       64.6       26.8       56.7       (192.5 )     —        —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Total revenue

     1,369.9       662.3       209.4       39.9       (192.5 )     2,089.0      —         2,089.0  

Expenses-other

     539.3       554.9       120.2       75.8       (1.3 )     1,288.9      7.1       1,296.0  

Expenses- intercompany

     126.2       28.3       40.7       (4.0 )     (191.2 )     —        —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Total expenses

     665.5       583.2       160.9       71.8       (192.5 )     1,288.9      7.1       1,296.0  

Provision for loan and lease losses

     71.9       —         2.5       —         —         74.4      —         74.4  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Income before taxes

     632.5       79.1       46.0       (31.9 )     —         725.7      (7.1 )     718.6  

Income tax expense

     201.0       31.1       18.4       (9.3 )     —         241.2      (2.9 )     238.3  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Segment income

   $ 431.5     $ 48.0     $ 27.6     $ (22.6 )   $ —       $ 484.5    $ (4.2 )   $ 480.3  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Identifiable assets

   $ 31,753.3     $ 835.2     $ 718.0     $ 427.1     $ (859.0 )   $ 32,874.6    $  —       $ 32,874.6  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Depreciation and amortization

   $ 18.6     $ 84.9     $ (17.0 )   $ 4.3     $ —       $ 90.8    $ 0.3     $ 91.1  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Purchase of premises and equipment, net

   $ 29.4     $ 20.3     $ 1.6     $ 1.3     $ —       $ 52.6    $  —       $ 52.6  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Return on Average Equity

     16.90 %     15.84 %     12.32 %                                    17.36 %
    


 


 


                                


 

   
     Year Ended December 31, 2001 ($ in millions)

 
     Banking

    Metavante

    Others

    Corporate
Overhead


   

Reclass-

ifications
Elim-

inations


    Sub-total

   Excluded
Charges


    Consolidated
Income
Before
Accounting
Change


 

Net interest income

   $ 842.8     $ (3.7 )   $ 27.4     $ (23.7 )   $ —       $ 842.8    $ —       $ 842.8  

Fees-other

     286.3       557.6       171.7       2.7       (1.0 )     1,017.3      (16.1 )     1,001.2  

Fees-intercompany

     33.5       61.4       22.0       54.7       (171.6 )     —        —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Total revenue

     1,162.6       615.3       221.1       33.7       (172.6 )     1,860.1      (16.1 )     1,844.0  

Expenses-other

     468.4       512.6       111.7       86.4       (0.7 )     1,178.4      110.5       1,288.9  

Expenses- intercompany

     120.0       20.6       36.4       (5.1 )     (171.9 )     —        —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Total expenses

     588.4       533.2       148.1       81.3       (172.6 )     1,178.4      110.5       1,288.9  

Provision for loan and lease losses

     51.9       —         2.2       —         —         54.1      —         54.1  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Income before taxes

     522.3       82.1       70.8       (47.6 )     —         627.6      (126.6 )     501.0  

Income tax expense

     162.8       33.9       26.7       (16.8 )     —         206.6      (43.5 )     163.1  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Segment income

   $ 359.5     $ 48.2     $ 44.1     $ (30.8 )   $ —       $ 421.0    $ (83.1 )   $ 337.9  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Identifiable assets

   $ 26,255.4     $ 754.7     $ 832.1     $ 359.4     $ (949.1 )   $ 27,252.5    $ —       $ 27,252.5  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Depreciation and amortization

   $ (26.8 )   $ 87.2     $ (19.5 )   $ 3.5     $ —       $ 44.4    $ 17.5     $ 61.9  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Purchase of premises and equipment, net

   $ 21.1     $ 18.3     $ 1.5     $ 3.7     $ —       $ 44.6    $ —       $ 44.6  
    


 


 


 


 


 

  


 


Return on Average Equity

     16.54 %     16.85 %     17.40 %                                    13.91 %
    


 


 


                                


 

96


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

Excluded charges in 2003 and 2002 reflect transition charges related to acquisitions by Metavante.

 

Excluded charges in 2001 reflect charges related to changes and acquisitions by Metavante, auto lease residual write-downs and charges associated with completing the consolidation of M&I’s banking charters.

 

24. Guarantees

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45 (“FIN 45”), Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others. This Interpretation elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. Loan commitments and commercial letters of credit are excluded from the scope of this Interpretation.

 

Standby letters of credit are contingent commitments issued by the Corporation to support the obligations of a customer to a third party and to support public and private financing, and other financial or performance obligations of customers. Standby letters of credit have maturities that generally reflect the maturities of the underlying obligations. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. If deemed necessary, the Corporation holds various forms of collateral to support the standby letters of credit. The gross amount of standby letters of credit issued at December 31, 2003 was $1.3 billion. Of the amount outstanding at December 31, 2003, standby letters of credit conveyed to others in the form of participations amounted to $76.4 million. Since many of the standby letters of credit are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the amounts outstanding do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. At December 31, 2003, the estimated fair value associated with letters of credit amounted to $4.7 million.

 

Metavante offers credit card processing to its customers. Under the rules of the credit card associations, Metavante has certain contingent liabilities for card transactions acquired from merchants. This contingent liability arises in the event of a billing dispute between the merchant and a cardholder that is ultimately resolved in the cardholder’s favor. In such case, Metavante charges the transaction back (“chargeback”) to the merchant and the disputed amount is credited or otherwise refunded to the cardholder. If Metavante is unable to collect this amount from the merchant, due to the merchant’s insolvency or other reasons, Metavante will bear the loss for the amount of the refund paid to the cardholder. In most cases this contingent liability situation is unlikely to arise because most products or services are delivered when purchased, and credits are issued by the merchant on returned items. However, where the product or service is not provided until some time following the purchase, the contingent liability may be more likely. This credit loss exposure is within the scope of the recognition and measurement provisions of FIN 45. The Corporation has concluded that the fair value of the contingent liability was immaterial due to the following factors: (1) merchants are evaluated for credit risk in a manner similar to that employed in making lending decisions; (2) if deemed appropriate, the Corporation obtains collateral which includes holding funds until the product or service is delivered or severs its relationship with a merchant; and (3) compensation, if any, received for providing the guarantee is minimal.

 

Metavante assesses the contingent liability and records credit losses for known losses and a provision for losses incurred but not reported which are based on historical chargeback loss experience. For the year ended December 31, 2003, such losses amounted to $33.

 

Metavante’s master license agreement includes an indemnification clause that indemnifies the licensee against claims, suits or other proceedings (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and payment of any final settlement or judgment) brought by third parties against the licensee alleging that a software product, by itself and not in combination with any other hardware, software or services, when used by licensee as authorized under the master license agreement, infringes a U.S. patent or U.S. copyright issued or registered as of the date the master license agreement is executed. Metavante’s obligation to indemnify a licensee is contingent on the licensee providing prompt written notice of the claim, full authority and control of the defense and settlement of the claim and reasonable assistance at Metavante’s request and expense, to defend or settle such claim.

 

97


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

In the event a software product becomes, or in Metavante’s opinion is likely to become, the subject of an infringement claim, Metavante may, at its option and expense, either procure for the licensee the right to continue using the software product, modify the software product so that it becomes non-infringing, substitute the software product with other software of the same material capability and functionality or where none of these options are reasonably available, terminate the license granted and refund the unearned portion of the initial license fee.

 

Metavante’s obligation is subject to certain exceptions and Metavante will have no obligation to any infringement claim based upon any failure to use the software product in accordance with the license agreement or for purposes not intended by Metavante, Metavante’s modification of the software product in compliance with specifications or requirements provided by the licensee, use of any part of the software product in conjunction with third party software, hardware or data not authorized in the license agreement, modification, addition or change to any part of the software product by the licensee or its agents or any registered user, use of any release of the software product other than the most current release made available to the licensee and any claim of infringement arising more than five years after the delivery date of the applicable software product.

 

At December 31, 2003 and 2002 there were no liabilities reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets related to these indemnifications.

 

As of December 31, 2003, the Corporation has fully and unconditionally guaranteed $200 million of certain long-term borrowing obligations issued by its wholly-owned trust M&I Capital Trust A that was deconsolidated upon the adoption of the provisions of FIN 46R. See Note 2 and Note 14 for further discussion.

 

As part of securities custody activities and at the direction of trust clients, the Corporation’s trust subsidiary, Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. (“M&I Trust”) lends securities owned by trust clients to borrowers who have been evaluated for credit risk in a manner similar to that employed in making lending decisions. In connection with these activities, M&I Trust has issued certain indemnifications against loss resulting from the default by a borrower under the master securities loan agreement, such as the failure of the borrower to return loaned securities when due or the borrower’s bankruptcy or receivership. The borrowing party is required to fully collateralize securities received with cash or marketable securities. As securities are loaned, collateral is maintained at a minimum of 100 percent of the fair value of the securities plus accrued interest and the collateral is revalued on a daily basis. The amount of securities loaned subject to indemnification was $5.0 billion at December 31, 2003 and $3.3 billion at December 31, 2002. Because of the requirement to fully collateralize securities borrowed, management believes that the exposure to credit loss from this activity is remote and there are no liabilities reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002, related to these indemnifications.

 

98


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

25. Condensed Financial Information—Parent Corporation Only

 

Condensed Balance Sheets

December 31

 

     2003

   2002

Assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 325,337    $ 230,042

Indebtedness of nonbank affiliates

     365,870      386,778

Investments in affiliates:

             

Banks

     2,820,712      2,723,852

Nonbanks

     760,142      665,845

Premises and equipment, net

     31,928      34,739

Other assets

     210,264      167,986
    

  

Total assets

   $ 4,514,253    $ 4,209,242
    

  

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

             

Commercial paper issued

   $ 305,743    $ 354,821

Other liabilities

     236,921      199,390

Long-term borrowings:

             

7.65% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due to M&I Capital Trust A

     224,871      199,225

Floating Rate Subordinated Debentures due to MVBI Capital Trust

     —        15,726

Other

     418,025      403,412
    

  

Total long-term borrowings

     642,896      618,363
    

  

Total liabilities

     1,185,560      1,172,574

Shareholders’ equity

     3,328,693      3,036,668
    

  

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 4,514,253    $ 4,209,242
    

  

 

Scheduled maturities of long-term borrowings are $1,000 in 2004, $2,458 in 2005, $198,425 in 2006, $7,315 in 2007, and $2,245 in 2008. See Note 14 for a description of the junior subordinated debt due to M&I Capital Trust A and the subordinated debenture due to the MVBI Capital Trust.

 

99


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

Condensed Statements of Income

Years Ended December 31

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 

Income

                  

Cash dividends:

                  

Bank affiliates

   $390,129     $573,322     $345,900  

Nonbank affiliates

   28,682     44,553     75,713  

Interest from affiliates

   13,406     16,918     19,978  

Service fees and other

   71,658     63,916     57,632  
    

 

 

Total income

   503,875     698,709     499,223  

Expense

                  

Interest

   32,056     38,493     43,758  

Salaries and employee benefits

   50,684     39,234     46,018  

Administrative and general

   35,478     35,753     36,411  

Single Charter

   —       —       4,695  
    

 

 

Total expense

   118,218     113,480     130,882  

Income before income taxes, cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles and equity in undistributed net income of affiliates

   385,657     585,229     368,341  

Provision for income taxes

   (13,314 )   (9,255 )   (17,800 )
    

 

 

Income before cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles and equity in undistributed net income of affiliates

   398,971     594,484     386,141  

Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, net of income taxes

   —       —       —    
    

 

 

Income before equity in undistributed net income of affiliates

   398,971     594,484     386,141  

Equity in undistributed net income of affiliates, net of dividends paid:

                  

Banks

   51,927     (153,140 )   (16,724 )

Nonbanks

   93,207     38,983     (31,932 )
    

 

 

Net income

   $544,105     $480,327     $337,485  
    

 

 

 

100


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 ($000’s except share data)

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

                        

Net income

   $ 544,105     $ 480,327     $ 337,485  

Noncash items included in income:

                        

Equity in undistributed net income of affiliates

     (145,134 )     114,157       48,656  

Depreciation and amortization

     3,831       4,633       4,691  

Other

     21,244       43,765       20,399  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     424,046       642,882       411,231  

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

                        

Increases in indebtedness of affiliates

     (1,104,749 )     (3,162,784 )     (3,207,948 )

Decreases in indebtedness of affiliates

     1,125,657       3,172,852       3,114,987  

Decreases (increases) in investments in affiliates

     2,829       (44,662 )     (24,600 )

Net capital expenditures

     (326 )     (1,374 )     (3,376 )

Acquisitions accounted for as purchases, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired

     —         (303,344 )     35,018  

Other

     (20,426 )     (10,030 )     (9 )
    


 


 


Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     2,985       (349,342 )     (85,928 )

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

                        

Dividends paid

     (158,007 )     (136,955 )     (122,777 )

Proceeds from issuance of commercial paper

     4,638,514       4,662,909       3,472,573  

Principal payments on commercial paper

     (4,652,968 )     (4,657,700 )     (3,499,459 )

Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowings

     179,166       38,959       250,000  

Payments on long-term borrowings

     (186,460 )     (79,453 )     (67,950 )

Purchases of common stock

     (201,044 )     (165,116 )     (267,438 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     49,063       15,187       23,630  

Other

     —         —         (691 )
    


 


 


Net cash used in financing activities

     (331,736 )     (322,169 )     (212,112 )
    


 


 


Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     95,295       (28,629 )     113,191  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     230,042       258,671       145,480  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 325,337     $ 230,042     $ 258,671  
    


 


 


 

 

101


Table of Contents

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

 

Following is unaudited financial information for each of the calendar quarters during the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. Per share data for prior periods has been restated for the 2002 two-for-one stock split.

 

     Quarter Ended

     Dec. 31

   Sept. 30

   June 30

   March 31

2003

                           

Total Interest Income

   $ 379,612    $ 371,240    $ 387,479    $ 391,589

Net Interest Income

     270,190      258,668      263,943      264,485

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     9,807      7,852      19,642      25,692

Income before Income Taxes

     195,547      165,839      203,367      193,634

Net Income

     141,124      140,299      134,652      128,030

Net Income Per Share:*

                           

Basic

   $ 0.63    $ 0.62    $ 0.59    $ 0.57

Diluted

     0.62      0.61      0.59      0.56

2002

                           

Total Interest Income

   $ 404,013    $ 392,773    $ 390,143    $ 380,407

Net Interest Income

     263,222      252,801      249,998      240,277

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     23,398      18,842      16,980      15,196

Income before Income Taxes

     189,031      179,926      179,159      170,476

Net Income

     125,035      119,236      120,427      115,629

Net Income Per Share:*

                           

Basic

   $ 0.56    $ 0.56    $ 0.56    $ 0.55

Diluted

     0.55      0.54      0.54      0.53

 

     2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

   1999

Common Dividends Declared

                                  

First Quarter

   $ 0.160    $ 0.145    $ 0.1325    $ 0.1200    $ 0.110

Second Quarter

     0.180      0.160      0.1450      0.1325      0.120

Third Quarter

     0.180      0.160      0.1450      0.1325      0.120

Fourth Quarter

     0.180      0.160      0.1450      0.1325      0.120
    

  

  

  

  

     $ 0.700    $ 0.625    $ 0.5675    $ 0.5175    $ 0.470
    

  

  

  

  


*May not add due to rounding

 

Price Range of Stock

(Low and High Close-Restated for 2002 Two-for-One Stock Split)

 

     2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

   1999

First Quarter

                                  

Low

   $ 25.07    $ 28.90    $ 24.02    $ 21.94    $ 27.69

High

     29.15      31.68      27.60      30.22      29.63

Second Quarter

                                  

Low

     25.79      29.52      24.46      20.76      27.38

High

     31.75      31.96      27.18      27.66      35.97

Third Quarter

                                  

Low

     30.13      25.69      25.50      21.78      27.94

High

     32.74      30.97      29.78      25.81      34.88

Fourth Quarter

                                  

Low

     32.53      23.25      26.33      19.31      28.91

High

     38.40      29.20      32.06      25.75      34.66

 

102


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Corporation”) as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. The consolidated financial statements of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation as of December 31, 2001 and for the year then ended, were audited by other auditors who have ceased operations. Those auditors expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements in their report dated January 17, 2002.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2002, the Corporation adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2001, the Corporation changed its method of accounting for derivative instruments.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

January 14, 2004

 

This is a copy of the audit report previously issued by Arthur Andersen LLP in connection with M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001. This audit report has not been reissued by Arthur Andersen LLP in connection with this Form 10-K. See also the notice regarding the consent of Arthur Andersen LLP in Item 1, Business.

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (a Wisconsin corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

103


Table of Contents

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, effective January 1, 2001, the Corporation changed its method of accounting for derivative instruments.

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, effective January 1, 2000, the Corporation changed its method of accounting for certain conversion services.

 

   

/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

   

January 17, 2002

   

 

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

The information regarding M&I’s change in accountants was previously reported on M&I’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 6, 2002.

 

ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

M&I maintains a set of disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by M&I in the reports filed by it under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. M&I carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and President and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and President and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that M&I’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

 

There have been no changes in M&I’s internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation discussed above that occurred during M&I’s fourth fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, M&I’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Incorporated herein by reference to M&I’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 27, 2004, except for information as to executive officers and M&I’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which is set forth in Part I of this report.

 

ITEM 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Incorporated herein by reference to M&I’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 27, 2004.

 

104


Table of Contents
ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Incorporated herein by reference to M&I’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 27, 2004.

 

ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

Incorporated herein by reference to M&I’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 27, 2004.

 

ITEM 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

Incorporated herein by reference to M&I’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 27, 2004.

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.   EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

 

(a)   1.    Financial Statements
         Consolidated Financial Statements:
         Balance Sheets – December 31, 2003 and 2002
         Statements of Income – years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
         Statements of Cash Flows – years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
         Statements of Shareholders’ Equity – years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
         Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
         Independent Auditor’s Report
         Report of Independent Public Accountants
    2.    Financial Statement Schedules
         All schedules are omitted because they are not required, not applicable or the required information is contained elsewhere.
    3.    Exhibits
         See Index to Exhibits of this Form 10-K which is incorporated herein by reference. Shareholders may obtain a copy of any Exhibit free of charge by calling M&I’s Shareholder Information Line at 1-800-318-0208.

 

(b) Reports on Form 8-K

 

On October 13, 2003, M&I furnished Items 7 and 12 in a Current Report on Form 8-K relating to the release of results of operations for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003. An Exhibit to the Form 8-K consisted of a Press Release dated October 13, 2003. No financial statements were required to be filed.

 

On October 21, 2003, M&I reported Item 7 in a Current Report on Form 8-K relating to its previously established MiNotes medium-term notes program. An Exhibit to the Form 8-K consisted of a Selling Agent Agreement with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated dated October 21, 2003. No financial statements were required to be filed.

 

 

105


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Dennis J. Kuester


   

Dennis J. Kuester

    Chief Executive Officer, President and a Director

Date: March 9, 2004

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

/s/ Mark F. Furlong


    

Mark F. Furlong

    

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

    

(Principal Financial Officer)

  

Date: March 9, 2004

/s/ Patricia R. Justiliano


    

Patricia R. Justiliano

    

Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller

    

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  

Date: March 9, 2004

 

Directors:

   Richard A. Abdoo, David L. Andreas, Andrew N. Baur, Jon F. Chait, Bruce E. Jacobs, Donald R. Johnson, Ted D. Kellner, Dennis J. Kuester, Katharine C. Lyall, John A. Mellowes, Edward L. Meyer, Jr., Robert J. O’Toole, San W. Orr, Jr., Peter M. Platten, III, Robert A. Schaefer, John S. Shiely, James A. Urdan, George E. Wardeberg and James B. Wigdale.

 

By:

 

/s/ Randall J. Erickson


 

Date: March 9, 2004

   

Randall J. Erickson

As Attorney-In-Fact*

   

* Pursuant to authority granted by powers of attorney, copies of which are filed herewith.

 

106


Table of Contents

MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION

 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

(Item 15(a)3)

 

ITEM

 

(3 )    (a)   Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003, SEC File No. 1-15403
       (b)   By-laws, as amended, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 30, 2002, SEC File No. 1-15403
(4 )        Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures†
(10 )    (a)   M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank Supplementary Retirement Benefits Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1983, SEC File No. 1-15403*
       (b)   Deferred Compensation Trust between Marshall & Ilsley Corporation and Bessemer Trust Company dated April 28, 1987, as amended, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1988, SEC File No. 1-15403*
       (c)   1989 Executive Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1988, as amended by M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1990, SEC File No. 1-15403*
       (d)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Supplemental Retirement Benefits Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991, SEC File No. 1-15403*
       (e)   Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company Supplemental Retirement Benefits Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991, SEC File No. 1-15403*
       (f)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation 1993 Executive Stock Option Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, SEC File No. 1-15403*
       (g)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation 1995 Directors Stock Option Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Proxy Statement for the 1995 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, SEC File No. 1-15403*
       (h)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Assumption Agreement dated May 31, 1994 assuming rights, obligations and interests of Valley Bancorporation under various stock option plans, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg. No. 33-53897)*
       (i)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation 1997 Executive Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Proxy Statement for the 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders*
       (j)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Amended and Restated Supplementary Retirement Benefits Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, SEC File No. 1-15403*

 

107


Table of Contents
   

(k)

  Security Capital Corporation 1993 Incentive Stock Option Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg. No. 333-36909)*
    (l)   Security Bank S.S.B. Deferred Compensation Plans for Key Executive Officers and Directors, incorporated by reference to Security Capital Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-68982)*
    (m)   Security Bank S.S.B. Supplemental Pension Plan, incorporated by reference to Security Capital Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-68982)*
    (n)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Amended and Restated 1997 Executive Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1999, SEC File No. 1-15403*
    (o)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation 2000 Executive Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Proxy Statement for the 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareholders*
    (p)   Form of Change of Control Agreements between M&I and Messrs. Wigdale, Kuester and Bolger, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, SEC File No. 1-15403*
    (q)   Form of Change of Control Agreements between M&I and Ms. Justiliano and Messrs. O’Neill, Renard, Roberts, Root, Williams and Wilson, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, SEC File No. 1-15403*
    (r)   Amended and Restated Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Nonqualified Retirement Benefit Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, SEC File No. 1-15403*
    (s)   Change of Control Agreement, dated April 16, 2001, between M&I and Mr. Furlong, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2001, SEC File No. 1-15403*
    (t)   Change of Control Agreement, dated January 10, 2001, between M&I and Mr. Hogan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, SEC File No. 1-15403*
    (u)   Change of Control Agreement, dated May 20, 2002, between M&I and Ms. Maas, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, SEC File No. 1-15403*
    (v)   Change of Control Agreement, dated May 31, 2002, between M&I and Mr. Erickson, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, SEC File No. 1-15403*
    (w)   Mississippi Valley Bancshares, Inc. 1991 Stock Option Plan (Five-Year Options), incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Mississippi Valley Bancshares, Inc. (Reg. No. 333-47124)*
    (x)   Letter Agreement, dated June 17, 2002, between M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank and Andrew N. Baur and Noncompete Agreement, dated June 17, 2002, between M&I and Andrew N. Baur, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-92472)*

 

108


Table of Contents
      (y)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation 2003 Executive Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Proxy Statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders*
      (z)   Acquisition Agreement, dated December 30, 2002, by and among Eagle Capital, LLC, M&I and Mississippi Valley Capital Company (“MVCC”) and First Amendment to Acquisition Agreement, dated January 30, 2003, by and among Eagle Capital, LLC, M&I and MVCC, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, SEC File No. 1-15403
      (aa)   Change of Control Agreement, dated January 13, 2003, between M&I and Mr. Martire, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003, SEC File No. 1-15403*
      (bb)   Change of Control Agreement, dated June 30, 2003, between M&I and Mr. Krei, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, SEC File No. 1-15403*
      (cc)   Amended and Restated Directors Deferred Compensation Plan of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003, SEC File No. 1-15403*
      (dd)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Trust II between M&I and Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A., incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003, SEC File No. 1-15403*
      (ee)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Trust III between M&I and Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A., incorporated by reference to M&I’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003, SEC File No. 1-15403*
      (ff)   Change of Control Agreement, dated November 30, 2003, between M&I and Mr. Deneen*
      (gg)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation 2003 Death Benefit Plan*
      (hh)   Death Benefit Award Agreement, dated December 30, 2003, between M&I and Mr. Kuester*
      (ii)   Death Benefit Award Agreement, dated December 30, 2003, between M&I and Mr. Wigdale*
      (jj)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Amended and Restated Annual Executive Incentive Compensation Plan*
      (kk)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Amended and Restated 1994 Long-Term Incentive Plan for Executives*
      (ll)   Marshall & Ilsley Corporation Amended and Restated Executive Deferred Compensation Plan*
(11 )   Computation of Net Income Per Common Share, incorporated by reference to Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
(12 )   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(14 )   Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
(16 )   Letter of Arthur Andersen LLP regarding change in certifying accountant, incorporated by reference to M&I’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 6, 2002, SEC File No. 1-15403
(21 )   Subsidiaries

 

109


Table of Contents
(23 )    (a)   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
       (b)   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP (omitted pursuant to Rule 437a under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended)
(24 )    Powers of Attorney
(31 )    (a)   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
       (b)   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(32 )    (a)   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
       (b)   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

The total amount of securities authorized pursuant to any instrument defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of M&I does not exceed 10% of the total assets of M&I and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. M&I agrees to furnish to the Commission upon request a copy of any such instrument.
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

110